1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
61 \font_typewriter default
62 \font_default_family default
70 \default_output_format default
72 \bibtex_command default
73 \index_command default
77 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
78 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
82 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
83 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
84 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
89 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
90 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
100 \paperorientation portrait
102 \notefontcolor #0000ff
119 \paragraph_separation indent
120 \paragraph_indentation default
121 \quotes_language english
124 \paperpagestyle default
125 \tracking_changes false
126 \output_changes false
142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
144 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
146 \begin_inset CommandInset href
148 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
159 \begin_inset Newline newline
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Note Note
170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
171 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
172 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
185 \begin_layout Standard
186 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
187 LatexCommand tableofcontents
194 \begin_layout Chapter
198 \begin_layout Section
202 \begin_layout Standard
203 LyX is a document preparation system.
204 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
205 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
206 It is unlike most other
207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
214 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
216 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
232 pt type, left justified, 5
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
241 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
245 \begin_layout Standard
246 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
259 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
263 \begin_layout Standard
265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
277 the format of all of the manuals.
278 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
279 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
296 \begin_layout Section
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
303 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
304 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
384 \begin_inset Index idx
387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
400 \begin_inset space \space{}
403 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
404 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
406 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
410 \begin_inset Index idx
413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
414 Reconfiguration of LyX
419 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
422 \begin_layout Section
424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
426 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
433 \begin_layout Standard
434 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
435 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
437 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
438 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
442 \begin_layout Standard
443 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
445 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
446 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
449 \begin_layout Standard
450 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
451 you can view from the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
473 reconfigure LyX (menu
475 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
479 \begin_inset Note Note
482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
483 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
491 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
492 More about TeX Code is described in section
497 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
499 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
503 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
510 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
520 \begin_inset Index idx
523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
524 Reconfiguration of LyX
529 See section 5.1 of the
533 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
536 \begin_layout Chapter
540 \begin_layout Section
541 Basic File Operations
542 \begin_inset Index idx
545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
554 \begin_layout Standard
559 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
560 in addition to some more advanced operations:
563 \begin_layout Itemize
567 \begin_inset Graphics
568 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
576 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
600 \begin_inset Graphics
601 filename ../images/file-open.png
602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_inset Graphics
622 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
623 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
630 \begin_layout Itemize
640 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_inset Graphics
683 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
841 can identify them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We'll start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
891 \begin_inset Graphics
892 filename ../images/cut.png
893 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
900 \begin_layout Itemize
906 \begin_inset Graphics
907 filename ../images/copy.png
908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
915 \begin_layout Itemize
921 \begin_inset Graphics
922 filename ../images/paste.png
923 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
930 \begin_layout Itemize
940 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_layout Itemize
964 \begin_inset Graphics
965 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
966 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
974 \begin_layout Standard
975 The first three are self-explanatory.
976 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
977 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
986 keys also functions as the
991 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
992 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
997 to get back the lost text.
1000 \begin_layout Standard
1001 \begin_inset Index idx
1004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1010 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1014 \begin_inset space ~
1019 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1022 \begin_layout Standard
1025 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1027 \begin_inset space ~
1030 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1036 \begin_inset space ~
1041 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1047 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1051 \begin_inset space ~
1056 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1057 will start a new paragraph.
1060 \begin_layout Standard
1061 \begin_inset Index idx
1064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1071 \begin_inset Index idx
1074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1084 \begin_inset space ~
1088 \begin_inset space ~
1096 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1106 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1111 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1114 \begin_inset space ~
1123 \begin_inset space ~
1128 button to skip the current word.
1132 \begin_inset space ~
1137 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1141 \begin_inset space ~
1146 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1148 If the toggle is set, searching for
1149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 will not match the word
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 Match whole words only
1177 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1208 \begin_layout Standard
1209 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1210 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1212 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1217 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1224 \begin_layout Section
1226 \begin_inset Index idx
1229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1236 \begin_inset Index idx
1239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1248 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1255 \begin_layout Standard
1256 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1257 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1263 or the toolbar button
1264 \begin_inset Graphics
1265 filename ../images/undo.png
1266 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 to undo some mistake.
1271 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1276 or the toolbar button
1277 \begin_inset Graphics
1278 filename ../images/redo.png
1279 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1291 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1292 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1295 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1298 \begin_layout Standard
1299 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1308 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1309 This is a consequence of the 100
1310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1313 step undo limit, above.
1316 \begin_layout Standard
1325 work on almost everything in LyX.
1326 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1330 \begin_layout Section
1332 \begin_inset Index idx
1335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1344 \begin_layout Standard
1345 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1348 \begin_layout Enumerate
1353 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 once anywhere in the edit window.
1359 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1363 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 \begin_layout Itemize
1374 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1380 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1383 \begin_layout Itemize
1384 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1386 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1393 \begin_layout Enumerate
1394 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1398 \begin_layout Standard
1399 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1400 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1404 \begin_layout Enumerate
1409 \begin_layout Standard
1414 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1419 \begin_layout Section
1421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1423 name "sec:Navigating"
1428 \begin_inset Index idx
1431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1444 \begin_layout Itemize
1449 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1450 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1453 \begin_layout Itemize
1456 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1459 or the toolbar button
1460 \begin_inset Graphics
1461 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1462 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1469 \begin_layout Standard
1470 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1471 (TOC) that is described in section
1472 \begin_inset space ~
1476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1478 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1483 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1484 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1485 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1486 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1487 to the document, see section
1488 \begin_inset space ~
1492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1494 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1503 option sorts the current list, and the
1507 option keeps it in the current view state.
1508 Keeping means that when you have e.
1509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1513 \begin_inset space \space{}
1516 the subsections of section
1517 \begin_inset space ~
1520 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1521 \begin_inset space ~
1524 3, the subsections of section
1525 \begin_inset space ~
1528 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1533 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1534 \begin_inset space ~
1540 \begin_layout Standard
1542 \begin_inset space \space{}
1546 \begin_inset Graphics
1547 filename ../images/down.png
1548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1553 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1558 \begin_inset space \space{}
1562 \begin_inset Graphics
1563 filename ../images/up.png
1564 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1569 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1573 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1575 So you can for example move section
1576 \begin_inset space ~
1580 \begin_inset space ~
1584 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1586 \begin_inset Graphics
1587 filename ../images/promote.png
1588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1593 \begin_inset Graphics
1594 filename ../images/demote.png
1595 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1599 or the corresponding key bindings
1607 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1608 So you can for example make section
1609 \begin_inset space ~
1613 \begin_inset space ~
1617 \begin_inset space ~
1623 \begin_layout Standard
1625 \begin_inset Graphics
1626 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1627 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1632 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1633 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1634 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1635 go back to your last editing position.
1638 \begin_layout Section
1640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1650 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1655 \begin_inset Index idx
1658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_inset Index idx
1668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1699 \begin_layout Standard
1700 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1702 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1703 is used to propose completions.
1706 \begin_layout Standard
1707 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1708 there are completions available.
1709 You can then press the
1713 key to use this completion.
1714 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1715 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1716 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1723 \begin_layout Standard
1724 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1726 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1729 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1731 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1734 by deselecting the option
1741 Automatic inline completion
1743 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1744 To accept this proposal, use the
1753 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1754 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1756 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1762 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1769 \begin_layout Section
1771 \begin_inset Index idx
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_inset Index idx
1784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_inset Index idx
1816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1847 \begin_layout Standard
1848 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1849 LyX's default is CUA.
1852 \begin_layout Standard
1856 \begin_inset space ~
1864 \begin_inset space ~
1885 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1889 \begin_layout Labeling
1890 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1894 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1895 LatexCommand nomenclature
1897 description "Tabulator key"
1903 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1904 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1905 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1911 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1918 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1922 , especially section
1923 \begin_inset space ~
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1929 reference "sub:Lists"
1935 If you're still confused, look in the
1942 \begin_layout Labeling
1943 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1947 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1948 LatexCommand nomenclature
1950 description "Escape key"
1957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1964 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1965 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1968 \begin_layout Labeling
1969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1975 \begin_inset space ~
1979 \begin_inset space ~
1986 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1987 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1991 \begin_layout Standard
1992 There are three modifier keys:
1995 \begin_layout Labeling
1996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2014 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2015 LatexCommand nomenclature
2017 description "Control key"
2021 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2022 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2026 \begin_layout Itemize
2035 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2038 \begin_layout Itemize
2047 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2050 \begin_layout Itemize
2059 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2063 \begin_layout Labeling
2064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2082 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2083 LatexCommand nomenclature
2085 description "Shift key"
2089 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2090 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2093 \begin_layout Labeling
2094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2112 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2113 LatexCommand nomenclature
2115 description "Alt or Meta key"
2119 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2120 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2121 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2127 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2129 menu accelerator keys
2132 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2133 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2138 For example, the sequence
2139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2145 \begin_inset space ~
2149 \begin_inset space ~
2155 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset space ~
2188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2198 \begin_layout Standard
2203 manual lists all other things bound to the
2211 \begin_layout Standard
2212 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2213 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2214 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2215 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2216 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2217 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2218 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2219 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2235 followed by a capital
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2245 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2250 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2253 as explained in sec.
2254 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2260 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2267 \begin_layout Chapter
2269 \begin_inset Index idx
2272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2281 \begin_layout Section
2283 \begin_inset Index idx
2286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2295 \begin_layout Subsection
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2300 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2301 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2302 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2303 numbering schemes, and so on.
2304 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2305 and format the title of your document differently.
2308 \begin_layout Standard
2313 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2314 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2315 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2316 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2317 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2320 \begin_layout Standard
2321 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2322 how to adjust their properties.
2325 \begin_layout Subsection
2327 \begin_inset Index idx
2330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2339 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 You can select a class using the
2349 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2350 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2354 \begin_inset Index idx
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2364 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2373 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2377 \begin_layout Description
2378 Article for basic articles
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Report for basic reports
2385 \begin_layout Description
2386 Book for writing a book
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 Letter for US-style letters
2393 \begin_layout Standard
2394 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2395 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2396 will include many of these.
2397 Here are some of the classes.
2398 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2400 Special Document Classes
2409 \begin_layout Description
2410 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2413 \begin_layout Description
2414 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2418 \begin_layout Description
2419 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2423 \begin_layout Description
2424 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2425 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2426 There are three article layouts available.
2427 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2428 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2429 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2430 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2435 sequential numbering
2436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2439 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2440 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2441 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2442 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2445 \begin_layout Description
2446 Beamer Layout for presentations
2449 \begin_layout Description
2450 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2451 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2459 \begin_layout Description
2461 \begin_inset space ~
2464 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2467 \begin_layout Description
2468 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2471 \begin_layout Description
2472 Foils Used to make transparencies
2475 \begin_layout Description
2476 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2477 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2483 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2496 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2497 (Is used by this document.)
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2520 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2521 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2523 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 Slides Used to make transparencies
2530 \begin_layout Description
2532 \begin_inset space ~
2535 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2536 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2539 \begin_layout Description
2540 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2543 \begin_layout Standard
2544 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2546 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2552 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2553 of the document classes.
2556 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2560 \begin_layout Standard
2561 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2565 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2567 \begin_inset Index idx
2570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2587 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2592 \begin_inset space ~
2599 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2600 that are not installed to produce output.
2601 So it seems that something is wrong.
2604 \begin_layout Standard
2605 But nothing is wrong.
2606 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2607 and some of them, like
2611 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2612 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2613 files, with a growing number.
2614 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2615 by some document class.
2616 There are just too many of them.
2617 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2620 \begin_layout Standard
2621 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2622 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2623 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2624 document class for a new file.
2625 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2630 Installing new LaTeX files
2631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2638 manual for information on how to install them.
2639 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2645 \begin_layout Standard
2646 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2647 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2649 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2650 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2651 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2653 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2656 \begin_inset space ~
2663 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2675 \begin_inset Index idx
2678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 \begin_layout Standard
2688 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2689 chosen document class.
2690 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2691 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2698 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2702 \begin_inset Index idx
2705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2712 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2716 \begin_layout Standard
2717 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2718 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2719 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2720 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2721 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2722 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2723 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2725 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2729 \begin_inset Index idx
2732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 Reconfiguration of LyX
2739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2742 Installing new LaTeX files
2743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2753 \begin_layout Standard
2754 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2762 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2763 LyX will advise you about these things.
2771 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2775 \begin_layout Standard
2776 Each class has a default set of options.
2777 Here's a quick table describing them:
2780 \begin_layout Standard
2781 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2787 \begin_layout Standard
2789 \begin_inset Tabular
2790 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2791 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2792 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2793 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2795 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3250 \begin_layout Standard
3251 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3257 \begin_layout Standard
3258 You're probably also wondering what
3259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3263 \begin_inset space ~
3267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3271 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3272 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3277 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3282 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3292 headings, there are also
3300 headings, and so on.
3301 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3302 \begin_inset space ~
3306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3308 reference "sub:Headings"
3315 \begin_layout Subsection
3317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3319 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3324 \begin_inset Index idx
3327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3336 \begin_inset Index idx
3339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3348 \begin_layout Standard
3349 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3351 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3362 \begin_inset space ~
3367 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3369 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3370 to use for your document.
3371 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3375 \begin_layout Standard
3382 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3388 \begin_inset space ~
3393 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3394 You can choose between the following five options:
3397 \begin_layout Labeling
3398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3403 Use default page style of current class.
3406 \begin_layout Labeling
3407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3412 No page numbers or headings.
3415 \begin_layout Labeling
3416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3424 \begin_layout Labeling
3425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3430 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3431 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3432 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3435 \begin_layout Labeling
3436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3441 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3447 \begin_inset Index idx
3450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3451 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3457 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3458 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3460 Check the documentation for the
3464 package for more details,
3465 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3474 \begin_layout Standard
3479 of paragraphs is described in section
3480 \begin_inset space ~
3484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3486 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3493 \begin_layout Subsection
3494 Paper Size and Orientation
3495 \begin_inset Index idx
3498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3499 Document ! Paper size
3505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3507 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3514 \begin_layout Standard
3515 You'll find the following options in the menu
3518 \begin_inset space ~
3523 of the dialog of the
3525 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3531 \begin_inset Index idx
3534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3543 \begin_layout Labeling
3544 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3548 \begin_inset space ~
3553 What size paper to print on.
3557 \begin_layout Itemize
3563 \begin_layout Itemize
3573 \begin_layout Itemize
3579 \begin_layout Itemize
3585 \begin_layout Itemize
3591 \begin_layout Itemize
3597 \begin_layout Itemize
3603 \begin_layout Labeling
3604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3609 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3620 \begin_layout Labeling
3621 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3625 \begin_inset space ~
3630 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3631 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3634 \begin_layout Subsection
3636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3643 \begin_inset Index idx
3646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3653 \begin_inset Index idx
3656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3665 \begin_layout Standard
3666 Paper margins are set in the menu
3668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3672 \begin_inset Index idx
3675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3684 \begin_layout Standard
3685 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3686 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3687 the paper format and the font size into account.
3690 \begin_layout Subsection
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3695 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3700 That includes the paragraph environments.
3701 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3702 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3703 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3704 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3713 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3715 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3716 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3717 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3720 \begin_layout Section
3721 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3722 \begin_inset Index idx
3725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3726 Paragraph ! Indentation
3734 \begin_layout Subsection
3736 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3738 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3745 \begin_layout Standard
3746 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3747 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3752 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3753 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3754 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3758 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3764 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3765 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3766 language than English.
3767 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3770 \begin_layout Standard
3771 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3772 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3774 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3775 LyX takes care of that.
3776 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3778 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3779 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3780 of a page, and so on.
3784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3785 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3790 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3791 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3795 of these pre-coded spacings.
3796 We'll explain more later.
3799 \begin_layout Subsection
3800 Paragraph Separation
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 Paragraph ! Separation
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3814 To separate paragraphs, select
3825 \begin_inset space ~
3832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3836 \begin_inset Index idx
3839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3846 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3847 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3850 \begin_layout Standard
3860 \begin_layout Standard
3861 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3862 \begin_inset space ~
3866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3868 reference "cap:Units"
3873 The default length is 30
3874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3880 \begin_layout Subsection
3884 \begin_layout Standard
3885 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3888 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3890 \begin_inset space ~
3895 dialog and toggle the
3898 \begin_inset space ~
3903 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3906 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3910 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3911 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3915 \begin_layout Standard
3916 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3917 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3920 \begin_layout Subsection
3922 \begin_inset Index idx
3925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3926 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3934 \begin_layout Standard
3937 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3941 \begin_inset Index idx
3944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3953 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3956 \begin_inset space ~
3965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3966 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3971 \begin_inset Index idx
3974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3975 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3980 installed to use this feature.
3988 \begin_layout Section
3989 Paragraph Environments
3990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3992 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3997 \begin_inset Index idx
4000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4001 Paragraph ! Environments
4007 \begin_inset Index idx
4010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4011 Paragraph environments|(
4019 \begin_layout Subsection
4023 \begin_layout Standard
4024 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4046 \begin_inset Newline newline
4049 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4050 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4051 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4060 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4063 \begin_layout Standard
4064 A paragraph environment is simply a
4065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4072 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4073 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4074 scheme, labels, and so on.
4075 Additionally, you can
4076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4083 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4084 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4085 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4086 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4087 days of typewriters.
4088 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4090 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4093 \begin_layout Standard
4094 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4095 \begin_inset Graphics
4096 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4102 at the left end of the toolbar.
4103 LyX will change the environment of the
4107 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4108 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4109 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4113 \begin_layout Standard
4122 create a new paragraph using the
4126 paragraph environment.
4128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4135 because if you are in one of these environments:
4138 \begin_layout Itemize
4144 \begin_layout Itemize
4150 \begin_layout Itemize
4156 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 \begin_layout Itemize
4168 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4180 \begin_layout Standard
4181 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4185 , rather than resetting it to
4190 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4191 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4192 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4193 \begin_inset space ~
4197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4199 reference "sec:Nesting"
4204 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4209 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4210 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4214 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4220 \begin_layout Subsection
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4225 The default paragraph environment is
4230 It creates a plain paragraph.
4231 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4232 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4233 this manual) are in the
4240 \begin_layout Standard
4241 You can nest a paragraph using the
4245 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4253 \begin_layout Subsection
4255 \begin_inset Index idx
4258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4267 \begin_layout Standard
4268 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4277 for thanks or contact information.
4278 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4279 page along with today's date.
4280 For other types of documents, the title
4281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4288 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4292 \begin_layout Standard
4293 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4307 Here's how you use them:
4310 \begin_layout Itemize
4311 Put the title of your document in the
4318 \begin_layout Itemize
4319 Put the author name in the
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4327 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4328 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4334 Note that using this environment is optional.
4335 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4336 If you don't want any date, add the line
4337 \begin_inset Newline newline
4347 \begin_inset Newline newline
4350 to the preamble of your document (menu
4352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4358 \begin_layout Standard
4359 You can use footnotes to insert
4360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4367 or contact information.
4370 \begin_layout Subsection
4372 \begin_inset Index idx
4375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4391 \begin_layout Standard
4392 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4393 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4396 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4398 \begin_inset Index idx
4401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4402 Section headings ! Numbered
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4411 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4415 \begin_layout Enumerate
4421 \begin_layout Enumerate
4427 \begin_layout Enumerate
4433 \begin_layout Enumerate
4439 \begin_layout Enumerate
4445 \begin_layout Enumerate
4451 \begin_layout Enumerate
4457 \begin_layout Standard
4458 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4459 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4460 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4463 \begin_layout Standard
4464 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4465 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4466 You group the book into chapters.
4467 LyX does similar grouping:
4470 \begin_layout Itemize
4475 is divided in either
4486 \begin_layout Itemize
4498 \begin_layout Itemize
4510 \begin_layout Itemize
4522 \begin_layout Itemize
4534 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 \begin_layout Standard
4547 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4555 Not all document types use the
4559 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4564 is the top-level heading.
4572 \begin_layout Standard
4577 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4578 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4580 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4592 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4594 \begin_inset Index idx
4597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4598 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4606 \begin_layout Standard
4607 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4611 \begin_layout Enumerate
4617 \begin_layout Enumerate
4623 \begin_layout Enumerate
4629 \begin_layout Enumerate
4635 \begin_layout Enumerate
4641 \begin_layout Standard
4643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4650 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4651 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4652 table of contents, see section
4653 \begin_inset space ~
4657 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4666 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4667 Changing the Numbering
4668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4670 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4677 \begin_layout Standard
4678 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4679 in the Table of Contents.
4680 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4682 Certain classes start with
4696 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4706 This is something you can change.
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4718 \begin_inset Index idx
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4732 \begin_inset space ~
4736 \begin_inset space ~
4741 you'll see two counters.
4746 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4748 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4753 Short Titles of Headings
4754 \begin_inset Index idx
4757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4758 Section headings ! Short titles
4764 \begin_inset Argument
4767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4774 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4776 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4783 \begin_layout Standard
4784 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4785 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4786 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4787 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4791 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4792 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4793 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4794 To specify a short title, use the menu
4796 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4804 This will insert a box labeled
4805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4820 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4821 This also works for captions inside floats.
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4825 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4828 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4832 \begin_layout Standard
4833 The following information applies to all section headings:
4836 \begin_layout Itemize
4837 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4840 \begin_layout Itemize
4841 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4844 \begin_layout Itemize
4845 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4848 \begin_layout Itemize
4849 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4852 \begin_layout Subsection
4853 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4856 \begin_layout Standard
4857 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4871 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4872 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4873 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4874 the text they contain.
4875 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4883 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4886 \begin_layout Standard
4887 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4896 when you start a new paragraph.
4897 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4901 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4902 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4903 to change back to the
4907 environment yourself.
4910 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4927 \begin_inset Index idx
4930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4939 \begin_layout Standard
4940 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4941 time for the differences.
4950 are identical except for one difference:
4954 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4963 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4966 \begin_layout Standard
4967 Here's an example of the
4980 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4982 See – no indentation!
4986 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4987 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4988 the other paragraph.
4991 \begin_layout Standard
4992 Here's another example, this time in the
4999 \begin_layout Quotation
5005 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5006 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5007 the first line, then
5011 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5015 you were quoting other text.
5018 \begin_layout Quotation
5019 Here's a new paragraph.
5020 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5021 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5024 \begin_layout Standard
5025 As the examples show,
5029 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5030 They should put quotes in the
5035 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5039 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5048 \begin_inset Index idx
5051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5060 \begin_inset Index idx
5063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5084 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5090 \begin_inset Newline newline
5093 Which I did not rehearse!
5097 It could be much worse.
5098 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5100 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5101 indented a bit more than the first.
5102 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5108 \begin_inset Newline newline
5111 And make things look fine
5112 \begin_inset Newline newline
5118 arg "newline-insert newline"
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5129 does not indent both margins.
5130 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5131 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5138 arg "newline-insert newline"
5144 \begin_layout Subsection
5146 \begin_inset Index idx
5149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5156 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5165 \begin_layout Standard
5166 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5176 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5185 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5186 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5187 some general features of all four of them.
5190 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5194 \begin_layout Standard
5195 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5197 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5206 reset the environment to
5210 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5211 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5212 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5216 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5219 to break paragraphs.
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5223 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5224 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5226 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5227 you read all of section
5228 \begin_inset space ~
5232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5234 reference "sec:Nesting"
5242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5248 \begin_inset Index idx
5251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5267 \begin_layout Standard
5268 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5272 paragraph environment.
5273 It has the following properties:
5276 \begin_layout Itemize
5277 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5281 \begin_layout Itemize
5282 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5285 \begin_layout Itemize
5286 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5290 \begin_layout Itemize
5291 The items can have any length.
5292 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5293 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5300 \begin_layout Itemize
5305 environment inside another
5309 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5313 \begin_layout Itemize
5314 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5317 \begin_layout Itemize
5318 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5321 \begin_layout Itemize
5323 \begin_inset space ~
5327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5329 reference "sec:Nesting"
5333 for a full explanation of nesting.
5337 \begin_layout Standard
5338 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5347 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5350 \begin_layout Standard
5351 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5352 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5355 \begin_layout Itemize
5356 The label for the first level
5360 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 The label for the second level is a dash.
5369 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5374 \begin_layout Itemize
5375 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5379 \begin_layout Itemize
5380 Back out to the third level.
5384 \begin_layout Itemize
5385 Back to the second level.
5389 \begin_layout Itemize
5390 Back to the outermost level.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5394 These are the default labels for an
5399 You can customize these labels in the
5401 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5404 dialog in the submenu
5411 \begin_inset Index idx
5414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5423 \begin_layout Standard
5424 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5425 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5427 \begin_inset space ~
5431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5433 reference "sec:Nesting"
5440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5446 \begin_inset Index idx
5449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5458 name "sec:Enumerate"
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5470 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5471 It has these properties:
5474 \begin_layout Enumerate
5475 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5479 \begin_layout Enumerate
5480 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5484 \begin_layout Enumerate
5485 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5488 \begin_layout Enumerate
5493 environment resets the counter to one.
5496 \begin_layout Enumerate
5509 \begin_layout Enumerate
5510 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5511 Items can have any length.
5514 \begin_layout Enumerate
5515 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5518 \begin_layout Enumerate
5519 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5522 \begin_layout Enumerate
5523 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5527 \begin_layout Standard
5536 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5537 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5544 \begin_layout Enumerate
5545 The first level of an
5549 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5553 \begin_layout Enumerate
5554 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5558 \begin_layout Enumerate
5559 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5563 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5567 \begin_layout Enumerate
5568 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5573 \begin_layout Enumerate
5574 Back to the third level
5578 \begin_layout Enumerate
5579 Back to the second level.
5583 \begin_layout Enumerate
5584 Back to the outermost level.
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5593 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5598 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is more to nesting
5607 environments than we've stated here.
5608 You should read section
5609 \begin_inset space ~
5613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5615 reference "sec:Nesting"
5619 to learn more about nesting.
5622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5628 \begin_inset Index idx
5631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5640 \begin_layout Standard
5641 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5645 list has no fixed label.
5646 Instead, LyX uses the first
5647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5654 of the first line as the label.
5658 \begin_layout Description
5659 Example: This is an example of the
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5667 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5680 it is meant that the first hit of the
5684 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5686 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5694 arg "space-insert protected"
5699 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5700 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5702 \begin_inset space ~
5708 \begin_inset space ~
5712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5714 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5718 for more info.) Here is an example:
5721 \begin_layout Description
5723 \begin_inset space ~
5726 Example: This one shows how to use a
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5741 \begin_layout Description
5742 Usage: You should use the
5746 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5747 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5749 It's not a good idea to use a
5753 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5754 You're better off using
5766 paragraphs into them.
5769 \begin_layout Description
5770 Nesting: You can nest
5774 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5778 \begin_layout Standard
5779 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5780 them from the first line.
5783 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5789 \begin_inset Index idx
5792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5801 \begin_layout Standard
5806 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5809 \begin_layout Standard
5810 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5818 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5823 environment is named
5835 \begin_layout Standard
5844 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5845 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5848 \begin_layout Labeling
5849 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5851 \begin_inset space ~
5854 labels LyX uses the first
5855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5862 of each line as the item label.
5867 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5868 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5869 blank as described above.
5872 \begin_layout Labeling
5873 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5874 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5875 the body of the item text.
5876 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5877 label width plus a little extra space.
5881 \begin_layout Labeling
5882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5884 \begin_inset space ~
5887 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5889 If the label width is larger, the label
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 into the first line.
5898 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5899 margin of the rest of the item text.
5902 \begin_layout Labeling
5903 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5905 \begin_inset space ~
5908 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5913 environment have the same left margin.
5914 \begin_inset Newline newline
5917 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5922 \begin_inset space ~
5931 \begin_inset space ~
5936 determines the default label width.
5937 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5946 multiple times instead.
5947 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5956 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5959 \begin_inset space ~
5964 every time you alter a label in a
5969 \begin_inset Newline newline
5972 The predefined default width is the length of
5973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 \begin_inset Newline newline
5986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5994 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5995 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6003 \begin_layout Standard
6008 environment the same way like the
6012 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6018 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6022 \begin_layout Standard
6027 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6029 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6031 \begin_inset space ~
6035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6037 reference "sec:Nesting"
6041 to learn about nesting.
6044 \begin_layout Standard
6045 There is yet another feature of the
6049 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6051 You can use additional
6055 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6060 are documented in section
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6067 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6072 Here are some examples:
6073 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6079 \begin_layout Labeling
6080 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6081 Left The default for
6088 \begin_layout Labeling
6089 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6090 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6097 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6100 \begin_layout Labeling
6101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6102 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6106 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6113 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6116 \begin_layout Subsection
6118 \begin_inset Index idx
6121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6138 \begin_inset space ~
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6147 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6155 \begin_inset space ~
6161 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6162 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6163 In contrast, you can use the
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6175 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6176 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6180 \begin_layout Standard
6181 Of course, you're not limited to using
6188 \begin_inset space ~
6197 \begin_inset space ~
6202 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6203 some European academic papers.
6206 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6208 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6210 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6217 \begin_layout Standard
6222 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6223 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6227 \begin_inset space ~
6232 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6233 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6234 Here's an example of each:
6237 \begin_layout Right Address
6239 \begin_inset Newline newline
6243 \begin_inset Newline newline
6247 \begin_inset Newline newline
6250 When is it? What is today?
6253 \begin_layout Standard
6257 \begin_inset space ~
6263 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6264 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6265 Here's an example of the
6272 \begin_layout Address
6274 \begin_inset Newline newline
6277 Where do I send this
6278 \begin_inset Newline newline
6281 Your post office and country
6284 \begin_layout Standard
6285 As you can see, both
6292 \begin_inset space ~
6297 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6302 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6308 This makes sense, since
6316 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6317 Thus, you have to use
6324 arg "newline-insert newline"
6330 \begin_inset space ~
6333 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6335 \begin_inset space ~
6344 menu) to start a new line in an
6351 \begin_inset space ~
6359 \begin_layout Subsection
6363 \begin_layout Standard
6364 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6365 or list of references.
6366 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6369 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6373 \begin_inset Index idx
6376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6385 \begin_layout Standard
6390 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6391 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6392 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6393 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6397 in anything else or vice versa.
6403 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6404 The book document classes ignores the
6408 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6412 in a letter document class.
6415 \begin_layout Standard
6420 environment does several things for you.
6421 First, it puts the centered label
6422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6430 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6432 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6433 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6434 the subsequent text.
6435 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6436 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6439 \begin_layout Standard
6440 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6444 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6445 The new paragraph will still be in the
6450 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6451 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 \begin_inset Float figure
6460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6462 \begin_inset Graphics
6463 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6471 \begin_inset Caption
6473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6476 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6497 \begin_layout Standard
6498 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6502 environment, but since this document is in the
6503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6510 class, we can't do this.
6511 We inserted it therefore as figure
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6518 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6523 If you've never heard of an
6524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6531 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6534 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6540 \begin_inset Index idx
6543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6552 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6559 \begin_layout Standard
6564 environment is used to list references.
6565 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6566 only use it at the end of the document.
6571 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6574 \begin_layout Standard
6575 When you first open a
6579 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6595 depending on the document class.
6596 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6597 Each paragraph of the
6601 environment is a bibliography entry.
6606 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6607 Each new paragraph is still in the
6614 \begin_layout Standard
6615 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6616 by using a BibTeX database.
6617 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6618 phy handling, have a look at in section
6619 \begin_inset space ~
6623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6625 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6632 \begin_layout Subsection
6636 \begin_inset Index idx
6639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6640 Paragraph ! LyX code
6646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6655 \begin_layout Standard
6660 environment is another LyX extension.
6661 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6666 key as a fixed whitespace;
6670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6682 \begin_inset space ~
6687 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6692 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6693 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6696 arg "newline-insert newline"
6713 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6714 So, when you finish using the
6718 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6719 Also, you can nest the
6723 environment inside of others.
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6727 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6730 \begin_layout Itemize
6734 arg "newline-insert newline"
6737 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6742 \begin_inset space \space{}
6752 arg "newline-insert newline"
6758 \begin_layout Itemize
6762 arg "newline-insert newline"
6773 \begin_layout Itemize
6778 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6785 \begin_layout Itemize
6789 arg "space-insert protected"
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6797 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6798 You must put at least one
6802 in any line you want blank.
6803 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6806 \begin_layout Itemize
6807 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6811 since that will insert
6816 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6819 arg "self-insert \""
6825 \begin_layout Standard
6829 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6833 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6837 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6841 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6845 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6846 printf("Hello World!
6851 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6855 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6859 \begin_layout Standard
6860 This is just the standard
6861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6872 \begin_layout Standard
6877 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6878 rc-files, and so on.
6879 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6880 as if you used a typewriter.
6881 \begin_inset Index idx
6884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6885 Paragraph environments|)
6893 \begin_layout Section
6894 Nesting Environments
6895 \begin_inset Index idx
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6899 Nesting ! Environments
6905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6914 \begin_layout Subsection
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6921 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6923 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6925 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6941 \begin_layout Enumerate
6946 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6955 \begin_layout Enumerate
6959 \begin_layout Standard
6960 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6961 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6964 \begin_inset space ~
6968 \begin_inset space ~
6976 \begin_inset space ~
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6989 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6990 will tell you how far you are nested).
6991 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6992 \begin_inset Graphics
6993 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6998 \begin_inset Graphics
6999 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
7003 or the convenient key bindings
7014 arg "depth-increment"
7020 arg "depth-decrement"
7023 to change the nesting level.
7024 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7025 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7029 \begin_layout Standard
7030 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7031 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7032 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7033 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7036 \begin_layout Standard
7037 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7038 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7040 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7043 \begin_layout Subsection
7044 What You Can and Can't Nest
7047 \begin_layout Standard
7048 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7049 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7054 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7055 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7059 Completely unnestable
7062 \begin_layout Itemize
7063 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7067 \begin_layout Itemize
7068 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7072 \begin_layout Standard
7073 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7074 environments have them:
7077 \begin_layout Description
7078 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7079 Can't nest into them.
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7114 \begin_layout Description
7116 \begin_inset space ~
7119 Nestable You can nest them.
7120 You can nest other things into them.
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7142 \begin_layout Itemize
7148 \begin_layout Itemize
7154 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Itemize
7166 \begin_layout Itemize
7173 \begin_layout Description
7174 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7175 You can't nest anything into them.
7179 \begin_layout Itemize
7185 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Itemize
7197 \begin_layout Itemize
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7209 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Itemize
7221 \begin_layout Itemize
7227 \begin_layout Itemize
7233 \begin_layout Itemize
7239 \begin_layout Itemize
7245 \begin_layout Itemize
7251 \begin_layout Itemize
7257 \begin_layout Itemize
7261 \begin_inset space ~
7267 \begin_layout Itemize
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7275 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7283 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7292 \begin_inset space ~
7296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7300 \begin_inset space \space{}
7303 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7304 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7305 section headings violate this.
7313 \begin_layout Subsection
7314 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7315 \begin_inset Index idx
7318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7328 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7329 affected by nesting anyhow.
7333 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7341 \begin_layout Itemize
7345 \begin_layout Standard
7347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7355 Figures and tables in
7359 are not affected by this.
7364 Have a look at section
7365 \begin_inset space ~
7369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7371 reference "sec:Floats"
7375 for more information about
7382 \begin_layout Standard
7383 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7384 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7388 \begin_layout Standard
7389 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7397 of its own, it behaves just like a
7398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7405 paragraph environment.
7406 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7411 Here's an example with a table:
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 \begin_layout Enumerate
7420 This is (a) and it's nested.
7424 \begin_layout Standard
7425 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7431 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset Tabular
7434 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7435 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7529 \begin_layout Enumerate
7531 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7535 \begin_layout Enumerate
7539 \begin_layout Standard
7540 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7543 \begin_layout Enumerate
7548 \begin_layout Enumerate
7549 This is (a) and it's nested.
7553 \begin_layout Standard
7554 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7560 \begin_layout Standard
7562 \begin_inset Tabular
7563 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7564 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7565 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7566 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7650 \begin_layout Standard
7651 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7657 \begin_layout Enumerate
7664 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7671 \begin_layout Standard
7672 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7679 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7682 \begin_layout Enumerate
7687 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 This is (a) and it's nested.
7691 \begin_layout Standard
7692 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7698 \begin_layout Standard
7700 \begin_inset Tabular
7701 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7702 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7788 \begin_layout Standard
7789 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7795 \begin_layout Enumerate
7797 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7805 \begin_layout Enumerate
7809 \begin_layout Standard
7810 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7816 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7817 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7821 \begin_layout Subsection
7822 Usage and General Features
7825 \begin_layout Standard
7826 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7835 is the innermost possible depth.
7836 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7839 \begin_layout Enumerate
7840 level #1 – outermost
7844 \begin_layout Enumerate
7849 \begin_layout Enumerate
7854 \begin_layout Enumerate
7859 \begin_layout Itemize
7864 \begin_layout Itemize
7873 \begin_layout Standard
7874 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7875 both of them in the example.
7876 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7886 For example, if we tried to nest another
7891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7898 , we would get errors.
7901 \begin_layout Subsection
7903 \begin_inset Index idx
7906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7916 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7917 We have several examples of nested environments.
7918 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7923 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7926 \begin_layout Labeling
7927 \labelwidthstring MMM
7928 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7937 \begin_layout Labeling
7938 \labelwidthstring MMM
7939 #2-a This is level #2.
7940 We created it by using
7943 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7949 arg "depth-increment"
7956 \begin_layout Labeling
7957 \labelwidthstring MMM
7958 #3-a This is level #3.
7959 This time, we just hit
7966 arg "depth-increment"
7970 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7974 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7980 arg "depth-increment"
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7992 environment, nested inside of
7993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8001 So, it's at level #4.
8002 We did this by hitting
8005 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8011 arg "depth-increment"
8014 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8019 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8035 \begin_layout Standard
8040 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8043 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8049 \begin_layout Labeling
8050 \labelwidthstring MMM
8051 #4-a This is level #4.
8055 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8058 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8063 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8067 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8072 keep nesting things inside
8073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8084 \begin_layout Labeling
8085 \labelwidthstring MMM
8086 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8091 \begin_layout Labeling
8092 \labelwidthstring MMM
8093 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8094 and this is level #6.
8095 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8099 \begin_layout Labeling
8100 \labelwidthstring MMM
8101 #5-b Back to level #5.
8105 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8111 arg "depth-decrement"
8118 \begin_layout Labeling
8119 \labelwidthstring MMM
8123 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8129 arg "depth-decrement"
8132 , we're back at level #4.
8136 \begin_layout Labeling
8137 \labelwidthstring MMM
8138 #3-b Back to level #3.
8139 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8143 \begin_layout Labeling
8144 \labelwidthstring MMM
8145 #2-b Back to level #2.
8150 \begin_layout Labeling
8151 \labelwidthstring MMM
8152 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8153 After this sentence, we'll hit
8157 and change the paragraph environment back to
8164 \begin_layout Standard
8165 We could have also used the
8181 environment in place of the
8186 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8190 Example 2: Inheritance
8193 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8194 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8197 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8206 arg "depth-increment"
8209 , after which, we'll change to the
8217 \begin_layout Enumerate
8222 environment, at level #2.
8225 \begin_layout Enumerate
8226 Notice how the nested
8230 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8234 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8238 \begin_layout Standard
8239 We ended this example by hitting
8244 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8248 and reset the nesting depth by using
8251 arg "depth-decrement"
8257 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8258 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8267 \begin_inset Argument
8270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8271 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8279 \begin_layout Enumerate
8280 This is level #1, in an
8284 paragraph environment.
8285 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8289 \begin_layout Enumerate
8294 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8300 arg "depth-increment"
8304 Now, what happens if we nest an
8308 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8309 label be? An asterisk?
8313 \begin_layout Itemize
8323 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8324 So, its label is a bullet.
8325 (We got here by using
8328 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8334 arg "depth-increment"
8337 , then changing the environment to
8345 \begin_layout Itemize
8346 Here's level #4, produced using
8349 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8355 arg "depth-increment"
8359 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8364 \begin_layout Enumerate
8365 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8367 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8372 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8376 , because we are in the
8385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8404 \begin_layout Enumerate
8409 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8410 type of numbering does LyX use?
8413 \begin_layout Enumerate
8414 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8417 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8420 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8423 \begin_layout Enumerate
8427 arg "depth-decrement"
8430 to decrease the depth after the next
8433 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8440 \begin_layout Enumerate
8442 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8446 \begin_layout Enumerate
8448 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8449 numeral as the label.Why?
8452 \begin_layout Enumerate
8453 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8462 Notice, however, that LyX
8466 reset the counter for the label.
8470 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8480 arg "depth-decrement"
8483 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8484 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8485 into the twofold-nested
8493 \begin_layout Enumerate
8494 The same thing happens if we do another
8497 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8503 arg "depth-decrement"
8506 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8509 \begin_layout Standard
8510 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8515 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8529 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8535 The same rule applies for the
8539 environment, as well.
8542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8543 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8546 \begin_layout Enumerate
8547 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8548 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8549 same detail with how we did it.
8558 \begin_layout Standard
8566 arg "depth-increment"
8573 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8574 example in parentheses someplace.
8575 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8576 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8577 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8581 \begin_layout Enumerate
8586 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8591 Now we'll add verse.
8592 \begin_inset Newline newline
8595 It will get much worse.
8596 \begin_inset Newline newline
8606 arg "depth-increment"
8617 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8618 \begin_inset Newline newline
8621 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8622 \begin_inset Newline newline
8628 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8641 \begin_layout Standard
8642 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8648 \begin_layout Standard
8650 \begin_inset Tabular
8651 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8652 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8653 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8654 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8743 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8753 arg "depth-increment"
8759 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8769 arg "depth-decrement"
8776 \begin_layout Enumerate
8781 : level #1) This is another item.
8782 Note that selecting a
8786 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8787 3 times to put the table inside the
8795 \begin_layout Quotation
8796 We're now ending the
8800 list and changing to
8805 We're still at level #1.
8806 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8807 The next set of paragraphs is a
8808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8822 \begin_inset space ~
8827 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8831 for the letter body.
8835 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8838 to preserve the depth.
8839 Remember that you need to use
8842 arg "newline-insert newline"
8845 to create multiple lines inside the
8852 \begin_inset space ~
8862 \begin_layout Right Address
8864 \begin_inset Newline newline
8867 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8868 \begin_inset Newline newline
8874 \begin_layout Address
8876 \begin_inset space ~
8882 \begin_layout Quotation
8883 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8887 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8888 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8889 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8890 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8891 as soon as possible.
8892 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8895 \begin_layout Quotation
8896 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8897 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8898 with your order, along with payment.
8901 \begin_layout Quotation
8902 We thank you again for your patience.
8905 \begin_layout Address
8907 \begin_inset Newline newline
8914 \begin_layout Quotation
8915 That ends that example!
8918 \begin_layout Standard
8919 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8920 just a few keystrokes.
8921 We could have easily nested an
8942 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8945 \begin_layout Section
8946 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8947 \begin_inset Index idx
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8961 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8962 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8963 be broken at the end of a line.
8964 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8968 \begin_layout Subsection
8970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8972 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8977 \begin_inset Index idx
8980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8989 \begin_layout Standard
8990 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8992 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8996 Further documentation is given in section
8997 \begin_inset Newline newline
9001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9003 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9011 \begin_layout Standard
9012 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9027 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9036 A protected space is set with
9038 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9039 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9043 \begin_inset space ~
9053 arg "space-insert protected"
9059 \begin_layout Subsection
9061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9063 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9068 \begin_inset Index idx
9071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9072 Spacing ! Horizontal
9080 \begin_layout Standard
9081 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9084 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9088 The length units are listed in Appendix
9089 \begin_inset space ~
9093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9095 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9106 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9111 \begin_inset Index idx
9114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9123 \begin_layout Standard
9125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9129 \begin_inset space \space{}
9132 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9133 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9134 \begin_inset space ~
9138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9140 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9145 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9146 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9149 arg "space-insert normal"
9155 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9157 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9159 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9164 \begin_inset Index idx
9167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9176 \begin_layout Standard
9178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9185 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9194 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9195 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9196 inside abbreviations:
9201 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9205 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9208 \begin_layout Standard
9209 or between values and units.
9210 Compare for example this:
9211 \begin_inset Newline newline
9215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9219 \begin_inset Newline newline
9225 \begin_layout Standard
9226 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9228 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9229 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9231 \begin_inset space ~
9239 arg "space-insert thin"
9245 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9249 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9256 \begin_layout Standard
9257 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9260 \begin_layout Description
9262 \begin_inset space ~
9266 \begin_inset space ~
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9274 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9278 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9281 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9284 \begin_layout Description
9286 \begin_inset space ~
9290 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9294 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9298 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9302 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9309 em) space between the arrows.
9312 \begin_layout Description
9314 \begin_inset space ~
9318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9322 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9326 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9330 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9334 \begin_inset space ~
9338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9341 em) space between the arrows.
9344 \begin_layout Description
9346 \begin_inset space ~
9350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9354 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9358 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9362 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9366 \begin_inset space ~
9370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9373 em) space between the arrows.
9376 \begin_layout Description
9378 \begin_inset space ~
9382 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9386 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9391 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9395 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9398 cm space between the arrows.
9401 \begin_layout Standard
9403 \begin_inset space ~
9407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9409 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9413 lists the different space sizes.
9416 \begin_layout Standard
9417 \begin_inset Float table
9422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9424 \begin_inset Caption
9426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9429 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9433 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9443 \begin_inset Tabular
9444 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9445 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9487 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9574 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9587 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9602 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9664 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9670 \begin_inset Index idx
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9684 in a uniform fashion.
9685 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9686 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9687 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9688 equally between themselves.
9692 \begin_layout Standard
9693 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9698 This is on the left side
9699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9702 This is on the right
9708 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9721 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9725 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9729 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9735 \begin_layout Standard
9736 That was an example in the
9742 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9746 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9750 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9753 is one in a standard paragraph.
9754 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9758 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9761 \begin_layout Standard
9762 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9765 \begin_inset space ~
9770 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9773 \begin_layout Standard
9775 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 \begin_layout Standard
9787 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9797 \begin_layout Standard
9799 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9803 \begin_inset space ~
9809 \begin_layout Standard
9811 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9815 \begin_inset space ~
9821 \begin_layout Standard
9823 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9827 \begin_inset space ~
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9835 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9839 \begin_inset space ~
9845 \begin_layout Standard
9846 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9854 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9858 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9859 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9860 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9864 option in the space dialog.
9872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9874 \begin_inset Index idx
9877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9886 \begin_layout Standard
9887 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9893 \begin_inset space \space{}
9896 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9899 \begin_layout Standard
9900 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9903 What is correct English?:
9904 \begin_inset Newline newline
9908 \begin_inset Newline newline
9912 \begin_inset space ~
9915 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9916 \begin_inset Newline newline
9920 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9931 \begin_inset Newline newline
9935 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9946 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9952 \begin_layout Standard
9953 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9958 \begin_inset space ~
9962 \begin_inset space ~
9966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9970 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9973 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9977 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9983 \begin_inset space ~
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9994 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10003 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10004 That is why it is named
10005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10013 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10014 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10018 \begin_layout Subsection
10020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10022 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10027 \begin_inset Index idx
10030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10039 \begin_layout Standard
10040 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10042 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10043 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10045 \begin_inset space ~
10051 There you find the following sizes:
10054 \begin_layout Standard
10067 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10072 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10074 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10078 \begin_inset Index idx
10081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10082 Document ! Settings
10087 for the paragraph separation.
10088 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10099 \begin_layout Standard
10105 \begin_inset Index idx
10108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10114 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10115 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10117 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10118 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10127 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10136 s are described in section
10137 \begin_inset space ~
10141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10143 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10152 If there are several
10156 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10157 You can therefore use
10161 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10164 \begin_layout Standard
10169 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10170 \begin_inset space ~
10174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10176 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10183 \begin_layout Standard
10184 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10194 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10195 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10207 \begin_layout Subsection
10208 Paragraph Alignment
10211 \begin_layout Standard
10212 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10218 There are five possibilities:
10221 \begin_layout Itemize
10229 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10235 \begin_layout Itemize
10243 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10249 \begin_layout Itemize
10257 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10263 \begin_layout Itemize
10271 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10277 \begin_layout Itemize
10285 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10291 \begin_layout Standard
10292 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10293 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10294 the left and right margins.
10295 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10298 \begin_layout Standard
10300 This paragraph is right aligned,
10303 \begin_layout Standard
10305 this one is centered,
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10310 this one is left aligned.
10313 \begin_layout Subsection
10315 \begin_inset Index idx
10318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10319 Page breaks ! Forced
10325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10327 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10336 can force a page break where you want one.
10337 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10338 Only if you use a lot of
10342 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10346 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10347 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10351 have to change the page breaking.
10354 \begin_layout Standard
10355 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10357 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10368 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10371 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10373 \begin_inset space ~
10378 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10380 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10381 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10385 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10386 at the top of a page.
10387 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10388 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10389 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10390 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10394 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10398 to learn more about
10405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10409 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10414 \begin_inset Index idx
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10418 Page breaks ! Clear
10426 \begin_layout Standard
10427 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10428 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10429 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10430 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10431 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10434 \begin_layout Standard
10435 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10440 \begin_inset space ~
10446 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10449 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10451 \begin_inset space ~
10455 \begin_inset space ~
10460 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10461 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10464 \begin_layout Subsection
10466 \begin_inset Index idx
10469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10478 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10488 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10491 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10493 \begin_inset space ~
10497 \begin_inset space ~
10505 arg "newline-insert newline"
10509 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10512 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10514 \begin_inset space ~
10518 \begin_inset space ~
10523 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10525 This is necessary to avoid
10526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10533 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10536 \begin_layout Standard
10537 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10538 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10539 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10540 set a line break, e.
10541 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10545 \begin_inset space \space{}
10548 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10549 \begin_inset space ~
10553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10555 reference "sec:Quote"
10560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10562 reference "sec:Verse"
10567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10569 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10576 \begin_layout Subsection
10578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10580 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10585 \begin_inset Index idx
10588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10597 \begin_layout Standard
10599 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10610 \begin_layout Standard
10613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10621 you can insert horizontal lines.
10622 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10623 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10626 \begin_layout Standard
10628 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10639 \begin_layout Standard
10643 \begin_layout Section
10644 Characters and Symbols
10647 \begin_layout Standard
10648 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10649 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 \begin_inset space \space{}
10657 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10659 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10663 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10665 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10669 for information on how this is done.
10672 \begin_layout Standard
10673 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10678 dialog via the menu
10680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10681 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10687 \begin_layout Standard
10688 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10696 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10697 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10698 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10706 \begin_layout Section
10707 Fonts and Text Styles
10708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10710 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10717 \begin_layout Subsection
10719 \begin_inset Index idx
10722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 There are two types of fonts:
10735 \begin_layout Description
10737 \begin_inset space ~
10741 \begin_inset Index idx
10744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10750 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10755 characters) in the font.
10756 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10757 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10758 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10759 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10760 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10761 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10762 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10763 \begin_inset Newline newline
10766 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10767 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10768 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10769 sizes than at small ones.
10770 \begin_inset Newline newline
10784 \begin_inset space ~
10792 \begin_layout Description
10794 \begin_inset space ~
10798 \begin_inset Index idx
10801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10808 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10809 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10810 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10811 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10812 picture manipulation program.
10813 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10814 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10815 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10816 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10817 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10819 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10820 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10821 \begin_inset Newline newline
10824 Bitmap fonts are named
10827 \begin_inset space ~
10832 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10835 \begin_layout Standard
10836 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10837 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10838 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10839 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10840 use scalable fonts.
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10844 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10845 its document properties.
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10849 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10850 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10851 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10852 font to emphasize text, you use an
10853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10861 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10862 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10866 \begin_layout Subsection
10867 Document Font and Font size
10868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10870 name "sub:Document-Font"
10875 \begin_inset Index idx
10878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10885 \begin_inset Index idx
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10897 \begin_layout Standard
10898 You can set the document fonts in the
10900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10904 \begin_inset Index idx
10907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10908 Document ! Settings
10914 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10915 font shapes roman (serif),
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 The possible options for the font include
10935 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10940 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10962 European Computer Modern
10965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10975 \begin_layout Standard
10984 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10985 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10990 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10993 \begin_inset space ~
10998 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11004 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11005 There are three ways to use one:
11008 \begin_layout Itemize
11009 One way is to use the
11019 Virtual means that it
11020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11031 -glyphs from other fonts.
11032 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11054 Loading the LaTeX-package
11059 \begin_inset Index idx
11062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11063 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11068 with the document preamble line
11069 \begin_inset Newline newline
11076 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11077 \begin_inset Newline newline
11082 will fix the guillemet problem.
11087 and that accented characters are not
11091 glyph, they are build of
11095 characters, the accent and the letter.
11096 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11100 fonts for words with accented characters.
11101 If you search for example for the French word
11102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11109 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11118 and not for the glyph
11119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11123 \begin_inset space ~
11127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11133 \begin_layout Itemize
11134 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11147 , consist of these three main font types
11150 \begin_inset space ~
11179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11183 \begin_inset space ~
11190 as typewriter font.
11191 \begin_inset Newline newline
11194 The differences between roman,
11197 \begin_inset space ~
11206 fonts are explained in section
11207 \begin_inset space ~
11211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11213 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11218 \begin_inset Newline newline
11225 was originally designed for newspapers.
11226 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11227 into the small newspaper columns.
11232 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11235 \begin_layout Itemize
11236 The best solution is to use the
11245 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11249 as the default font.
11250 In most cases they look the same as
11258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 One difference is improved kerning for the
11272 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11283 \begin_layout Standard
11284 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11287 For the font size there are four possible values:
11304 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11308 The font sizes are the
11313 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11314 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11315 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11318 \begin_inset space ~
11324 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11325 \begin_inset space ~
11329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11331 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11338 \begin_layout Standard
11343 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11344 a font to display the script characters.
11348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11349 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11354 So this has no effect for the document language
11370 \begin_layout Standard
11371 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11375 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11387 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11388 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11389 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11394 dialog, see section
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11399 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11401 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11413 \begin_layout Subsection
11414 Using Different Character Styles
11415 \begin_inset Index idx
11418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11425 \begin_inset Index idx
11428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11437 \begin_layout Standard
11438 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11439 certain paragraph environments.
11440 LyX supports two character styles,
11449 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11453 \begin_layout Standard
11458 style, do one of the following:
11461 \begin_layout Itemize
11462 click on the toolbar button
11463 \begin_inset Graphics
11464 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11471 \begin_layout Itemize
11472 use the key binding
11481 \begin_layout Standard
11482 These commands are all toggles.
11487 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11490 \begin_layout Standard
11491 One typically uses the
11495 style for proper names.
11497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11504 is the original author of LyX.
11505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 \begin_layout Standard
11512 A more widely used character style is the
11517 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11524 \begin_layout Itemize
11525 clicking on the toolbar button
11526 \begin_inset Graphics
11527 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11534 \begin_layout Itemize
11535 using the keybindings
11544 \begin_layout Standard
11549 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11550 es use a different font.
11553 \begin_layout Standard
11554 We've been using the
11558 style all over the place in this document.
11559 Here's one more example:
11562 \begin_layout Quotation
11565 Don't overuse character styles!
11568 \begin_layout Standard
11569 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11570 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11571 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11572 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11576 \begin_layout Standard
11577 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11585 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11587 \begin_inset space ~
11595 \begin_layout Subsection
11596 Fine-Tuning with the
11601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11603 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11608 \begin_inset Index idx
11611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11620 \begin_layout Standard
11621 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11622 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11623 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11624 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11625 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11626 from ordinary dialog.
11629 \begin_layout Standard
11630 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11631 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11632 \begin_inset Newline newline
11635 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11636 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11639 \begin_layout Standard
11640 To use custom character styles, open the
11642 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11644 \begin_inset space ~
11650 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11651 font property which you can choose.
11652 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11655 \begin_inset space ~
11660 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11665 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11666 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11667 environments in a snap.
11670 \begin_layout Standard
11671 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11674 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_layout Labeling
11687 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11701 The possible options are:
11705 \begin_layout Labeling
11706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11711 This is the Roman font family.
11712 Normally a serif font.
11713 It's also the default family.
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11728 \begin_inset space ~
11735 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11747 \begin_layout Labeling
11748 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11755 This is the Typewriter font family.
11761 arg "font-typewriter"
11770 \begin_layout Labeling
11771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11776 This corresponds to the print weight.
11781 \begin_layout Labeling
11782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11787 This is the Medium font series.
11788 It's also the default series.
11791 \begin_layout Labeling
11792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11799 This is the Bold font series.
11812 \begin_layout Labeling
11813 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 As the name implies.
11823 \begin_layout Labeling
11824 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11829 This is the Upright font shape.
11830 It's also the default shape.
11833 \begin_layout Labeling
11834 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11848 s the Italic font shape
11854 \begin_layout Labeling
11855 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11862 This is the Slanted font shape
11864 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11867 \begin_layout Labeling
11868 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 \begin_inset space ~
11879 This is the Small caps font shape
11886 \begin_layout Labeling
11887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11892 Alters the size of the font.
11893 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11894 nal to the document font size.
11895 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11896 what you want to do.
11901 \begin_layout Labeling
11902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11923 arg "font-size tiny"
11929 \begin_layout Labeling
11930 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11951 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11957 \begin_layout Labeling
11958 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11979 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11985 \begin_layout Labeling
11986 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12007 arg "font-size small"
12013 \begin_layout Labeling
12014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12028 It's also the default size.
12032 arg "font-size normal"
12038 \begin_layout Labeling
12039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12060 arg "font-size large"
12066 \begin_layout Labeling
12067 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12088 arg "font-size larger"
12094 \begin_layout Labeling
12095 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12116 arg "font-size largest"
12122 \begin_layout Labeling
12123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12144 arg "font-size huge"
12150 \begin_layout Labeling
12151 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12172 arg "font-size giant"
12179 \begin_layout Standard
12184 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12185 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12186 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12187 — use that instead.
12188 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12191 \begin_layout Labeling
12192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12197 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12202 \begin_layout Labeling
12203 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12210 This is text with emphasize on
12213 This might seem like the same as
12217 , but it is actually a bit different.
12223 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12225 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12228 \begin_layout Labeling
12229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12236 This is text with Underbar on.
12242 arg "font-underline"
12248 \begin_inset Newline newline
12253 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12254 when you couldn't change fonts.
12255 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12256 It's only included in LyX because some people
12260 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12263 \begin_layout Labeling
12264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12271 This is text with Noun on.
12278 , this is a logical attribute.
12279 Normally it's equivalent to
12282 \begin_inset space ~
12291 \begin_layout Labeling
12292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12297 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12298 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12302 \begin_inset space ~
12307 , which is the default
12308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12315 and means normally black, you can choose between
12348 \begin_inset Index idx
12351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12360 \begin_layout Labeling
12361 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12366 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12367 the language of the document.
12368 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12372 \begin_layout Standard
12373 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12374 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12376 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12378 \begin_inset space ~
12383 dialog, the settings are saved.
12384 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12385 \begin_inset Graphics
12386 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12391 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12392 when the dialog isn't visible.
12396 \begin_layout Standard
12397 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12404 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12405 (suppose you just set the shape to
12406 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12410 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12436 \begin_layout Standard
12437 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12457 \begin_layout Itemize
12463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12470 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12488 \begin_inset Newline newline
12492 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12506 \begin_inset Note Note
12509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12510 For more on phantoms see section
12511 \begin_inset space ~
12515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12517 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12527 \begin_inset Newline newline
12533 \begin_layout Itemize
12538 fonts use characters with serifs.
12539 These are the small
12540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12547 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12548 The following example will show the difference:
12549 \begin_inset Newline newline
12553 \begin_inset Newline newline
12558 text without serifs
12561 \begin_inset Newline newline
12564 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12565 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12572 \begin_layout Itemize
12578 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12579 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12582 \begin_layout Standard
12583 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12584 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12587 \begin_layout Section
12588 Printing and Previewing
12591 \begin_layout Subsection
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12597 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12598 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12599 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12600 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12602 Additional Features
12607 \begin_layout Standard
12608 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12609 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12610 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12611 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12612 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12613 This happens in two stages:
12616 \begin_layout Enumerate
12617 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12618 generating a file with the extension,
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12633 \begin_layout Enumerate
12634 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12638 file to produce printable output.
12642 \begin_layout Subsection
12643 Output file formats
12644 \begin_inset Index idx
12647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12654 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12656 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12663 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12665 \begin_inset Index idx
12668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12669 File formats ! ASCII
12677 \begin_layout Standard
12678 This file type has the extension
12679 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12695 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12702 \begin_layout Standard
12703 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12705 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12706 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12712 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12714 \begin_inset Index idx
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12718 File formats ! LaTeX
12726 \begin_layout Standard
12727 This file type has the extension
12728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12739 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12741 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12742 it manually with console commands.
12743 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12744 you view or export your document.
12747 \begin_layout Standard
12748 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12750 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12751 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12770 \begin_inset Index idx
12773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12782 \begin_layout Standard
12783 This file type has the extension
12784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12804 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12805 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12806 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12812 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12813 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12814 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12816 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12820 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12822 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12823 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12829 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12831 \begin_inset Index idx
12834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12835 File formats ! PostScript
12843 \begin_layout Standard
12844 This file type has the extension
12845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12857 PostScript was developed by the company
12861 as a printer language.
12862 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12864 PostScript can be seen as a
12865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12868 programming language
12869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12872 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12877 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12883 \begin_inset Index idx
12886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12887 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12897 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12905 Encapsulated PostScript
12906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12909 (EPS, file extension
12910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12922 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12923 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12928 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12932 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12933 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12934 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12935 EPS to avoid this problem.
12938 \begin_layout Standard
12939 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12941 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12942 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12948 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12950 \begin_inset Index idx
12953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12960 \begin_inset Index idx
12963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12972 \begin_layout Standard
12973 This file type has the extension
12974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12990 Portable Document Format
12991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12998 was derived from PostScript.
12999 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13008 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13009 looks exactly the same.
13012 \begin_layout Standard
13013 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 (JPG, file extension
13022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13046 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13049 Portable Network Graphics
13050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13053 (PNG, file extension
13054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13066 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13067 in the background to one of these formats.
13068 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13069 will slow down your workflow.
13070 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13073 \begin_layout Standard
13074 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13076 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13079 in three different ways:
13082 \begin_layout Description
13083 PDF This uses the program
13087 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13088 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13092 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13093 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13096 \begin_layout Description
13098 \begin_inset space ~
13101 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13105 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13109 \begin_layout Description
13111 \begin_inset space ~
13114 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13118 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13121 \begin_layout Standard
13122 We recommend to use
13125 \begin_inset space ~
13134 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13135 works without problems.
13140 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13145 \begin_inset Index idx
13148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13149 FileFormats ! XHTML
13155 \begin_inset Index idx
13158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13167 \begin_layout Standard
13168 This file type has the extension
13169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13181 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13182 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13183 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13184 suitable for the purpose.
13185 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13186 it, but not all do.
13189 \begin_layout Standard
13190 XHTML output remains
13191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13198 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13203 LyX and the World Wide Web
13204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13209 Additional Features
13211 manual, for more information.
13214 \begin_layout Standard
13215 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13217 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13218 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13224 \begin_layout Subsection
13226 \begin_inset Index idx
13229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13238 \begin_layout Standard
13239 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13240 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13244 and choose a file type.
13245 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13248 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13251 you can use the toolbar button
13252 \begin_inset Graphics
13253 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13260 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13265 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13267 \begin_inset space ~
13273 \begin_inset Graphics
13274 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13280 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13284 \begin_inset Graphics
13285 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13292 arg "buffer-view ps"
13298 \begin_layout Standard
13299 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13300 viewer window using the menu
13302 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13308 \begin_layout Standard
13309 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13311 To have a real output, export your document.
13314 \begin_layout Subsection
13315 Printing the File from within LyX
13316 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13318 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13325 \begin_layout Standard
13326 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13327 it directly from within LyX.
13328 To print a file, select the menu
13330 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13333 or click on the toolbar button
13334 \begin_inset Graphics
13335 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13340 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13341 This file is then processed by the program
13345 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13350 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13353 \begin_layout Standard
13354 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13355 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13356 printing one set to print on the other side.
13357 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13358 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13359 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13362 \begin_layout Standard
13363 You can set the parameters in the
13366 \begin_inset space ~
13374 \begin_layout Labeling
13375 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13380 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13385 Note that this printer name is for the program
13394 has to be configured for this printer name.
13395 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13396 \begin_inset space ~
13400 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13402 reference "sub:Printer"
13411 The printer should understand PostScript.
13414 \begin_layout Labeling
13415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13420 The name of a file to print to.
13421 The output will be a PostScript file.
13422 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13426 \begin_layout Section
13427 A few Words about Typography
13428 \begin_inset Index idx
13431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13440 \begin_layout Subsection
13442 \begin_inset Index idx
13445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13454 \begin_layout Standard
13456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13467 character comes in four lengths: the
13479 , and the minus sign:
13480 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13486 \begin_layout Standard
13487 \begin_inset Tabular
13488 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13489 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13490 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13491 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13492 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13493 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13522 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13587 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13589 \begin_inset space ~
13592 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13599 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13626 \begin_inset space ~
13629 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13650 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13684 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13690 \begin_layout Standard
13691 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13703 character multiple times in a row.
13704 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13705 the final output, but not in LyX.
13707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13737 \begin_layout Standard
13738 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13739 math mode and has a length of its own.
13740 Here are some examples of the
13741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13755 \begin_layout Enumerate
13756 line- and page-breaks
13757 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13767 \begin_layout Enumerate
13769 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13779 \begin_layout Enumerate
13780 Oh — there's a dash.
13781 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13791 \begin_layout Enumerate
13792 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13806 \begin_layout Subsection
13808 \begin_inset Index idx
13811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13820 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13829 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13834 \begin_inset Index idx
13837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13838 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13843 following the rules of the document language
13847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13848 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13856 \begin_inset space ~
13860 \begin_inset space ~
13867 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13879 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13884 font and with unusual constructs, like
13885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13893 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13894 This is done with the menu
13896 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13897 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13899 \begin_inset space ~
13905 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13906 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13909 \begin_layout Standard
13910 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13911 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13921 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13922 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13929 as hyphenation possibility.
13930 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13931 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
13932 as described in section
13933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13936 Prevent Hyphenation
13937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13947 \begin_layout Subsection
13949 \begin_inset Index idx
13952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13961 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13962 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13965 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13972 \begin_layout Standard
13973 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13974 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13975 LaTeX then adds the
13976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13979 appropriate amount of space
13980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13984 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13986 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13990 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13991 not work in all cases.
13993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14004 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14005 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14008 \begin_layout Standard
14009 Here are some examples of
14013 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14016 \begin_layout Itemize
14021 \begin_layout Itemize
14026 \begin_layout Standard
14027 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14030 \begin_layout Itemize
14032 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14036 this is too much space!
14039 \begin_layout Itemize
14044 \begin_layout Standard
14045 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14048 \begin_layout Standard
14049 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14052 \begin_layout Enumerate
14056 \begin_inset space ~
14061 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14062 \begin_inset space ~
14066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14068 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14073 \begin_inset Index idx
14076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 Spaces ! inter-word
14085 \begin_layout Enumerate
14089 \begin_inset space ~
14094 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14095 \begin_inset space ~
14099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14101 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14106 \begin_inset Index idx
14109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14118 \begin_layout Enumerate
14122 \begin_inset space ~
14126 \begin_inset space ~
14130 \begin_inset space ~
14137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14139 \begin_inset space ~
14144 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14145 This function is also bound to
14148 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14154 \begin_layout Standard
14155 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14158 \begin_layout Itemize
14160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14164 \begin_inset space \space{}
14167 this is too much space!
14170 \begin_layout Itemize
14171 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14175 \begin_layout Standard
14176 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14177 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14178 will take care of this.
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14186 \begin_inset space ~
14191 feature described in section
14197 Additional Features
14202 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14204 \begin_inset Index idx
14207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14208 Typography ! Quotes
14214 \begin_inset Index idx
14217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14249 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14250 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14251 and use a closing quote at the end.
14253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14261 The keyboard character,
14265 , generates this automatically.
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 You can change the behavior of the
14273 key using the submenu
14279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14283 \begin_inset Index idx
14286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14287 Document ! Settings
14295 \begin_layout Standard
14296 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14301 There are six choices:
14304 \begin_layout Labeling
14305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 Use quotes like this
14318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14326 \begin_inset Quotes els
14330 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14336 \begin_layout Labeling
14337 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14340 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14344 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14350 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14354 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14358 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14364 \begin_layout Labeling
14365 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14368 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14372 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14378 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14382 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14386 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14390 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14396 \begin_layout Labeling
14397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14400 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14404 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14410 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14414 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14418 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14422 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14428 \begin_layout Labeling
14429 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14432 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14436 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14442 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14446 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14450 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14454 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14460 \begin_layout Labeling
14461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14464 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14468 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14474 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14478 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14482 \begin_inset Quotes als
14486 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14492 \begin_layout Standard
14493 These settings affect what character the
14500 \begin_layout Subsection
14502 \begin_inset Index idx
14505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 Typography ! Ligatures
14512 \begin_inset Index idx
14515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14544 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14546 name "sub:Ligatures"
14553 \begin_layout Standard
14554 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14555 print them as single characters.
14556 These groups are known as
14561 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14563 Here are the standard ligatures:
14566 \begin_layout Itemize
14570 \begin_layout Itemize
14574 \begin_layout Itemize
14578 \begin_layout Itemize
14582 \begin_layout Itemize
14586 \begin_layout Standard
14587 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14590 \begin_layout Standard
14591 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14592 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14600 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14616 To break a ligature, use
14618 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14619 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14621 \begin_inset space ~
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14639 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14656 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14664 \begin_layout Subsection
14666 \begin_inset Index idx
14669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14676 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14678 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14685 \begin_layout Standard
14686 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14687 characters in different sizes and heights.
14688 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14689 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14709 \begin_inset Note Note
14712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14713 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14721 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14722 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14727 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14731 \begin_layout Description
14732 LyX The name of the game, write
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14754 \begin_layout Description
14755 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14777 \begin_layout Description
14778 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14800 \begin_layout Description
14801 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14823 \begin_layout Standard
14824 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14829 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14837 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14838 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14839 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14842 : The actual version is
14843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14850 , the previous one was
14851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14861 \begin_layout Standard
14862 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14867 \begin_inset space \space{}
14870 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14872 This will look in LyX like:
14873 \begin_inset Graphics
14874 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14880 \begin_inset Newline newline
14883 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14884 \begin_inset space ~
14888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14890 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14897 \begin_layout Subsection
14899 \begin_inset Index idx
14902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14912 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14913 space between two words.
14914 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14924 for units use the menu
14926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14929 \begin_inset space ~
14937 arg "space-insert thin"
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944 Here's an example to show the differences:
14947 \begin_layout Standard
14948 \begin_inset Tabular
14949 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14950 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14951 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14952 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14959 \begin_inset space ~
14963 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14975 space between number and unit
14982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14987 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14991 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15003 half space between number and unit
15016 \begin_layout Subsection
15018 \begin_inset Index idx
15021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15022 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15030 \begin_layout Standard
15031 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15033 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15034 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15035 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15036 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15037 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15038 These bits of text became known as
15049 \begin_layout Standard
15050 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15051 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15052 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15053 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15054 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15055 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15056 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15060 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15061 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15062 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15063 \begin_inset space ~
15067 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15069 key "latexcompanion"
15074 \begin_inset space ~
15078 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15084 ] may have more information.
15085 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15088 \begin_layout Chapter
15089 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15092 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15099 \begin_layout Standard
15100 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15105 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15108 \begin_layout Section
15110 \begin_inset Index idx
15113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15129 \begin_layout Standard
15130 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15133 \begin_layout Description
15135 \begin_inset space ~
15138 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15139 \begin_inset Newline newline
15143 \begin_inset Note Note
15146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15147 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15155 \begin_layout Description
15156 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15157 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15160 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15161 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15164 \begin_inset Newline newline
15168 \begin_inset Note Comment
15171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15172 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15180 \begin_layout Description
15182 \begin_inset space ~
15185 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15186 \begin_inset Newline newline
15190 \begin_inset Newline newline
15194 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15203 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15204 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15205 How this can be done is explained in the
15214 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15220 \begin_inset Newline newline
15224 \begin_inset Newline newline
15227 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15228 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15231 \begin_layout Standard
15232 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15233 \begin_inset Graphics
15234 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15236 scaleBeforeRotation
15242 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15246 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15249 \begin_layout Section
15251 \begin_inset Index idx
15254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15263 name "sec:Footnotes"
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15271 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15274 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15277 or the toolbar button
15278 \begin_inset Graphics
15279 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15292 \begin_inset Graphics
15293 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15302 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15331 label, the box will
15335 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15336 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15349 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15365 \begin_layout Standard
15366 Here's an example footnote:
15374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15375 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15384 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15385 position where the footnote box is placed.
15386 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15387 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15388 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15389 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15390 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15395 ey are described in the
15402 \begin_layout Section
15404 \begin_inset Index idx
15407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15414 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15416 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15423 \begin_layout Standard
15424 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15425 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15429 \begin_inset space ~
15434 or the toolbar button
15435 \begin_inset Graphics
15436 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15463 appearing within your text.
15464 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15473 \begin_layout Standard
15474 At the side is an example marginal note.
15478 \begin_inset Marginal
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15482 This is a marginal note.
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15492 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15493 pages, right on odd pages.
15496 \begin_layout Section
15497 Graphics and Images
15498 \begin_inset Index idx
15501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15508 \begin_inset Index idx
15511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15520 name "sec:Graphics"
15527 \begin_layout Standard
15528 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15529 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15530 \begin_inset Graphics
15531 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15537 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15541 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15550 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15551 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15553 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15554 \begin_inset space ~
15558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15560 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15567 \begin_layout Standard
15572 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15573 of the image in the output.
15574 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15578 \begin_inset space ~
15582 \begin_inset space ~
15591 \begin_inset space ~
15595 \begin_inset space ~
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15604 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15605 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15616 LaTeX and LyX options
15618 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15619 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15623 \begin_inset space ~
15628 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15629 with the image size is printed.
15633 \begin_inset space ~
15637 \begin_inset space ~
15641 \begin_inset space ~
15646 is explained in the
15657 \begin_layout Standard
15658 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15659 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15661 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15665 \begin_layout Standard
15667 \begin_inset Graphics
15668 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15670 rotateOrigin center
15677 \begin_layout Standard
15678 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15679 the image into a float, see section
15680 \begin_inset space ~
15684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15686 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15693 \begin_layout Subsection
15695 \begin_inset Index idx
15698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15707 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15714 \begin_layout Standard
15715 You can insert images in any known file format.
15716 But as we explained in section
15717 \begin_inset space ~
15721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15723 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15727 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15728 LyX uses therefore the program
15732 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15733 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15734 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15735 \begin_inset space ~
15739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15741 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15748 \begin_layout Standard
15749 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15752 \begin_layout Description
15754 \begin_inset space ~
15757 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15758 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15759 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15763 Graphics Interchange Format
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15767 (GIF, file extension
15768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15780 \begin_inset Index idx
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15815 Portable Network Graphics
15816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15819 (PNG, file extension
15820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15832 \begin_inset Index idx
15835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15867 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15871 (JPG, file extension
15872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15896 \begin_inset Index idx
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15930 \begin_layout Description
15932 \begin_inset space ~
15935 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15937 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15938 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15939 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15940 \begin_inset Newline newline
15943 Scalable image formats can be
15944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15947 Scalable Vector Graphics
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15951 (SVG, file extension
15952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15964 \begin_inset Index idx
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15999 Encapsulated PostScript
16000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16003 (EPS, file extension
16004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16016 \begin_inset Index idx
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16051 Portable Document Format
16052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16055 (PDF, file extension
16056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16068 \begin_inset Index idx
16071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16078 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16079 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16080 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16086 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16094 \begin_layout Standard
16095 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16099 \begin_layout Subsection
16100 Grouping of Image Settings
16101 \begin_inset Index idx
16104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16105 Images ! Settings grouping
16113 \begin_layout Standard
16114 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16116 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16117 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16119 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16120 need to manually change each of them.
16124 \begin_layout Standard
16125 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16128 \begin_inset space ~
16133 field in the Graphics dialog.
16134 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16135 by checking the name of the desired group.
16138 \begin_layout Section
16140 \begin_inset Index idx
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16159 \begin_layout Standard
16160 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16161 \begin_inset Graphics
16162 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16173 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16174 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16175 from the rest of the table.
16176 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16177 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16179 Here's an example table:
16182 \begin_layout Standard
16184 \begin_inset Tabular
16185 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16186 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16187 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16188 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16390 \begin_layout Subsection
16394 \begin_layout Standard
16395 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16396 brings up the table dialog.
16397 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16398 where the cursor is placed currently.
16399 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16400 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16401 done on all of your selection.
16404 \begin_layout Standard
16405 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16408 \begin_inset space ~
16413 helps you in setting table properties.
16414 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16417 \begin_layout Standard
16421 \begin_inset space ~
16426 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16427 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16428 current cell respectively.
16429 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16431 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16432 of text, see section
16433 \begin_inset space ~
16437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16439 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16446 \begin_layout Standard
16447 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16453 This will merge the cells to
16457 cell, spread over more than one column.
16458 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16459 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16460 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16461 in the last row without the upper border:
16464 \begin_layout Standard
16466 \begin_inset Tabular
16467 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16468 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16469 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16470 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16471 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16568 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 \begin_layout Standard
16604 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16605 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16606 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16607 explained in the tables section of the
16610 \begin_inset space ~
16616 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16620 degrees counterclockwise.
16621 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16624 \begin_layout Standard
16625 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16633 Most DVI-viewers are
16637 able to display rotations.
16645 \begin_layout Standard
16650 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16655 adds lines for all cell borders.
16658 \begin_layout Subsection
16660 \begin_inset Index idx
16663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 Tables ! Longtables
16670 \begin_inset Index idx
16673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16682 \begin_layout Standard
16683 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16686 \begin_inset space ~
16690 \begin_inset space ~
16699 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16700 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16703 \begin_layout Description
16708 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16709 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16710 except for the first page, if
16713 \begin_inset space ~
16721 \begin_layout Description
16725 \begin_inset space ~
16730 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16731 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16734 \begin_layout Description
16739 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16740 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16741 except for the last page, if
16744 \begin_inset space ~
16752 \begin_layout Description
16756 \begin_inset space ~
16761 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16762 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16765 \begin_layout Description
16766 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16767 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16769 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16773 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16776 \begin_inset space ~
16784 \begin_layout Standard
16785 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16786 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16787 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16788 The others will then be defined as
16793 In this context, first means first in this order:
16796 \begin_inset space ~
16808 \begin_inset space ~
16814 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16817 \begin_layout Standard
16819 \begin_inset Tabular
16820 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16821 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16822 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16823 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16824 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16825 <row endfirsthead="true">
16826 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16837 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16846 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16856 <row endfirsthead="true">
16857 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16868 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16877 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 <row endhead="true">
16890 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16920 <row endhead="true">
16921 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16932 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16941 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <row endfoot="true">
16954 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16965 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16974 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17005 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17955 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17964 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17975 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18006 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18037 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18099 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18130 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18161 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18192 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18223 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18254 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18285 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18347 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18378 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18409 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18440 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18750 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18812 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18843 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18874 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <row endlastfoot="true">
18936 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 \begin_layout Subsection
18975 \begin_inset Index idx
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18987 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18994 \begin_layout Standard
18995 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18996 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18997 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18998 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19002 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19003 for the cell's paragraph.
19006 \begin_layout Standard
19007 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19008 for the column in the table dialog.
19009 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19010 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19014 \begin_layout Standard
19016 \begin_inset Tabular
19017 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19018 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19020 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19166 This is longer now.
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19223 This is longer now.
19228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 \begin_layout Standard
19255 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19256 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19261 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19262 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19268 Selection with the mouse or with
19272 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19273 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19274 the selection from outside the table.
19277 \begin_layout Section
19279 \begin_inset Index idx
19282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19298 \begin_layout Standard
19299 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19300 have a fixed location.
19302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19309 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19317 \begin_inset space ~
19322 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19323 too many notes on the page.
19326 \begin_layout Standard
19327 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19328 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19329 and pages without text.
19330 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19331 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19332 Floats are therefore numbered.
19333 Referencing is described in section
19334 \begin_inset space ~
19338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19340 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19347 \begin_layout Standard
19348 To insert a float, use the menu
19350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19354 A box with a caption that has e.
19355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19359 \begin_inset space \space{}
19363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19367 \begin_inset space ~
19371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19374 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19375 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19377 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19378 \begin_inset Index idx
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19387 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19388 paragraph within the float.
19389 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19390 by left-clicking on the box label.
19391 A closed float box looks like this:
19392 \begin_inset Graphics
19393 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19398 – a gray button with a red label.
19401 \begin_layout Standard
19402 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19403 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19406 \begin_layout Subsection
19410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19412 \begin_inset Index idx
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19416 Floats ! Figure floats
19422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19424 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19431 \begin_layout Standard
19434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19435 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19438 inserts a float with the label
19439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19445 \begin_inset space ~
19451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19455 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19456 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19457 This is what we did for Figure
19458 \begin_inset space ~
19462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19464 reference "cap:Platypus"
19469 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19470 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19471 This was done in Figure
19472 \begin_inset space ~
19476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19478 reference "cap:Escher"
19485 \begin_layout Standard
19486 \begin_inset Float figure
19491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19493 \begin_inset Graphics
19494 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19496 rotateOrigin center
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19504 \begin_inset Caption
19506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19507 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19509 name "cap:Platypus"
19513 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19526 \begin_layout Standard
19527 \begin_inset Float figure
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Caption
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 \begin_inset Graphics
19554 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19556 rotateOrigin center
19568 \begin_layout Standard
19569 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19571 As described in section
19572 \begin_inset space ~
19576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19578 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19582 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19584 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19587 and refer to it using the menu
19589 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19593 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19602 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19614 \begin_layout Standard
19615 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19616 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19617 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19618 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19620 \begin_inset space ~
19624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19626 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19630 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19631 You can also set the images one below the other.
19633 \begin_inset space ~
19637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19639 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19646 reference "fig:Platypus"
19650 are the subfigures.
19653 \begin_layout Standard
19654 \begin_inset Float figure
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19664 \begin_inset Float figure
19669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19670 \begin_inset Caption
19672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19675 name "fig:Undefinable"
19687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 \begin_inset Graphics
19689 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19700 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19704 \begin_inset Float figure
19709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19710 \begin_inset Caption
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19713 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19715 name "fig:Platypus"
19727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19728 \begin_inset Graphics
19729 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19741 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 \begin_inset Caption
19750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19753 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19757 Two distorted images.
19770 \begin_layout Standard
19771 Note that the caption is added to the
19774 \begin_inset space ~
19778 \begin_inset space ~
19783 as described in section
19784 \begin_inset space ~
19788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19790 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19797 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19799 \begin_inset Index idx
19802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19803 Floats ! Table floats
19811 \begin_layout Standard
19812 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19815 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19819 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19822 \begin_inset space ~
19826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19828 reference "cap:Table-float"
19832 is an example of a table float.
19835 \begin_layout Standard
19836 \begin_inset Float table
19841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19842 \begin_inset Caption
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19847 name "cap:Table-float"
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19861 \begin_inset Tabular
19862 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19863 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19864 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19865 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19866 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19993 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20014 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20017 \end{array}\right]$
20025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20061 \begin_inset Index idx
20064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20065 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20073 \begin_layout Standard
20074 This float type is inserted with the menu
20076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20077 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20081 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20082 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20086 , described in section
20087 \begin_inset space ~
20091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20093 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20101 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20109 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20115 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20118 \begin_layout Standard
20123 floatname{algorithm}{your
20124 \begin_inset space ~
20130 \begin_layout Standard
20131 to the document preamble (menu
20133 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20140 \begin_inset space ~
20146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20162 \begin_inset Index idx
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20174 \begin_layout Standard
20175 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20183 \begin_inset Graphics
20184 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20186 rotateOrigin center
20193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20194 \begin_inset Caption
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20199 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20203 This is a wrapped figure.
20204 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20217 This float type is used if you want to
20218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20225 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20227 It can be inserted using the menu
20229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20230 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20232 \begin_inset space ~
20237 if the LaTeX-package
20242 \begin_inset Index idx
20245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20246 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20256 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20269 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20272 \begin_inset space ~
20276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20278 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20282 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20283 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 Available units are explained in Appendix
20292 \begin_inset space ~
20296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20298 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20307 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20311 \begin_layout Standard
20312 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20325 \begin_inset space \space{}
20328 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20329 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20338 \begin_layout Itemize
20339 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20340 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20341 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20342 page breaks will appear.
20345 \begin_layout Itemize
20346 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20347 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20350 \begin_layout Itemize
20351 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20352 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20355 \begin_layout Itemize
20356 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20359 \begin_layout Subsection
20361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20363 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20368 \begin_inset Index idx
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20380 \begin_layout Standard
20381 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20382 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20386 \begin_inset space ~
20394 \begin_layout Standard
20395 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20396 have a multicolumn document).
20397 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20406 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20407 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20416 format is also the same: Table
20417 \begin_inset space ~
20421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20423 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20427 is an example of a rotated table float.
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20439 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20447 \begin_layout Standard
20448 \begin_inset Float table
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20454 \begin_inset Caption
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20459 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20473 \begin_inset Tabular
20474 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20475 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20476 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20479 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20480 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20540 \begin_layout Subsection
20542 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20544 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20549 \begin_inset Index idx
20552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20561 \begin_layout Standard
20562 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20563 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20564 \begin_inset Newline newline
20570 \begin_inset space ~
20575 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20576 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20577 \begin_inset Newline newline
20583 \begin_inset space ~
20588 is used to rotate floats, see section
20589 \begin_inset space ~
20593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20595 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20602 \begin_layout Standard
20603 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20604 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20607 \begin_inset space ~
20611 \begin_inset space ~
20619 \begin_layout Description
20621 \begin_inset space ~
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20628 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20631 \begin_layout Description
20633 \begin_inset space ~
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20640 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20643 \begin_layout Description
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20649 \begin_inset space ~
20652 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20655 \begin_layout Description
20657 \begin_inset space ~
20661 \begin_inset space ~
20664 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 The order of the above option is
20673 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20689 \begin_inset space ~
20693 \begin_inset space ~
20698 , and then the others.
20699 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20701 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20702 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20705 \begin_layout Standard
20706 By default, each option has its own rules:
20709 \begin_layout Standard
20713 \begin_inset space ~
20717 \begin_inset space ~
20722 only floats occupying less than 70
20723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20726 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20729 \begin_layout Standard
20733 \begin_inset space ~
20737 \begin_inset space ~
20742 : only floats occupying less than 30
20743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20746 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20749 \begin_layout Standard
20753 \begin_inset space ~
20757 \begin_inset space ~
20762 : only if more than 50
20763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20766 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20771 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20775 \begin_inset space ~
20779 \begin_inset space ~
20787 \begin_layout Standard
20788 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20789 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20790 For this case you can use the option
20793 \begin_inset space ~
20799 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20801 Because the float is then no longer able to
20802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20809 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20812 \begin_layout Standard
20813 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20814 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20817 \begin_layout Standard
20818 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20820 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20822 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20829 \begin_layout Section
20831 \begin_inset Index idx
20834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20843 name "sec:Minipages"
20850 \begin_layout Standard
20851 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20853 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20854 \begin_inset space ~
20861 \begin_layout Standard
20862 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20864 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20868 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20869 and its alignment within the page.
20872 \begin_layout Standard
20874 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20884 height_special "totalheight"
20887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20890 This is a minipage.
20891 The text is set in an italic style.
20894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20897 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20898 another formatting.
20906 \begin_layout Standard
20907 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20910 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20914 as described in section
20915 \begin_inset space ~
20919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20921 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20926 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20932 \begin_layout Standard
20933 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20943 height_special "totalheight"
20946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20947 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20948 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20954 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20958 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20968 height_special "totalheight"
20971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20972 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20973 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20981 \begin_layout Standard
20982 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20988 \begin_layout Standard
20989 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20990 to other box types.
20991 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21002 \begin_layout Chapter
21003 Mathematical Formulas
21004 \begin_inset Index idx
21007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21014 \begin_inset Index idx
21017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21046 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21048 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21055 \begin_layout Standard
21056 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21061 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21064 \begin_layout Section
21066 \begin_inset Index idx
21069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21078 \begin_layout Standard
21079 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21080 \begin_inset Graphics
21081 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21086 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21088 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21089 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21090 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21092 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21098 \begin_layout Standard
21099 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21103 \begin_inset space ~
21108 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21111 \begin_layout Standard
21112 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21113 line, like this one:
21116 \begin_layout Standard
21117 This is a line with an inline formula
21118 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21124 \begin_layout Standard
21125 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
21126 paragraph, like this one:
21127 \begin_inset Formula \[
21132 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21135 \begin_layout Standard
21136 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21142 \begin_inset space \space{}
21146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21159 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21160 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21164 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21167 \begin_inset space ~
21175 \begin_layout Subsection
21176 Navigating in Formulas
21177 \begin_inset Index idx
21180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21189 \begin_layout Standard
21190 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21191 achieved with the arrow keys.
21192 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21193 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21198 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21199 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21203 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21207 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21210 \end{array}\right]$
21218 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21223 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21224 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21232 , printed in this document as
21233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21254 \begin_inset Note Note
21257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21258 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21259 space character (visible space).
21264 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21265 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21266 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21271 For example, if you want
21272 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21326 , since in the latter case only the
21329 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21334 will be under the square root sign:
21335 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21341 \begin_layout Standard
21342 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21344 \begin_inset Formula \[
21345 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21349 \end{array}\right)\]
21353 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21354 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21357 \begin_layout Subsection
21361 \begin_layout Standard
21362 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21363 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21367 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21368 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21369 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21370 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21371 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21374 \begin_layout Subsection
21375 Exponents and Subscripts
21376 \begin_inset Index idx
21379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21386 \begin_inset Index idx
21389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21398 \begin_layout Standard
21399 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21400 way is to use a command.
21402 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21405 , type in a formula
21411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21427 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21433 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21437 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21458 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21464 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21467 , you have to use an extra
21471 to separate the hat and the character.
21473 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21477 \begin_inset space \space{}
21481 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21502 Subscripts are similar: To get
21503 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21526 \begin_layout Subsection
21528 \begin_inset Index idx
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21540 \begin_layout Standard
21541 Create a fraction with either the command
21548 \begin_inset Graphics
21549 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21557 \begin_inset space ~
21563 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21564 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21565 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21570 To move back up, press
21575 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21576 \begin_inset Formula \[
21577 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21580 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21587 \begin_layout Subsection
21589 \begin_inset Index idx
21592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21601 \begin_layout Standard
21602 Roots can be created using the
21605 \begin_inset space ~
21611 \begin_inset Graphics
21612 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21635 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21641 produces always a square root.
21644 \begin_layout Subsection
21645 Operators with Limits
21646 \begin_inset Index idx
21649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21656 \begin_inset Index idx
21659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21668 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21675 \begin_layout Standard
21677 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21681 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21684 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21685 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21686 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21687 The sum operator will automatically place its
21688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21695 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21698 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21702 \begin_inset Formula \[
21703 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21707 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21711 \begin_layout Standard
21712 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21714 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21715 behind the operator and hitting
21723 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21724 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21726 \begin_inset space ~
21730 \begin_inset space ~
21738 \begin_layout Standard
21739 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21747 feature as addition, such as
21748 \begin_inset Index idx
21751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21758 \begin_inset Formula \[
21759 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21763 which will place the
21764 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21776 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21777 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21783 \begin_layout Standard
21784 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21791 Have a look at section
21792 \begin_inset space ~
21796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21798 reference "sub:Functions"
21802 for an explanation of function macros.
21805 \begin_layout Subsection
21807 \begin_inset Index idx
21810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 Most math symbols can be found in the
21823 \begin_inset space ~
21828 under one of several categories; including
21845 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21849 \begin_layout Standard
21850 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21851 you don't have to use the
21854 \begin_inset space ~
21859 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21860 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21863 \begin_layout Subsection
21865 \begin_inset Index idx
21868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21883 arg "space-insert protected"
21889 \begin_inset space ~
21895 \begin_inset Graphics
21896 filename ../images/math/space.png
21901 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21902 For example, the sequence
21907 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21911 \begin_inset Graphics
21912 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21917 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21918 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21919 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21920 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21922 Here are two examples:
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21935 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21941 \begin_layout Standard
21951 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21957 \begin_layout Subsection
21959 \begin_inset Index idx
21962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21971 name "sub:Functions"
21978 \begin_layout Standard
21982 \begin_inset space ~
21987 contains under the button
21988 \begin_inset Graphics
21989 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21993 a number of function macros, such as
21994 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21998 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22006 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22013 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22014 avoid confusions, because
22015 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22019 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22025 \begin_layout Standard
22026 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22028 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22032 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22038 \begin_layout Standard
22039 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22040 s are placed, as described in section
22041 \begin_inset space ~
22045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22047 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22054 \begin_layout Subsection
22056 \begin_inset Index idx
22059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22068 \begin_layout Standard
22069 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22071 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22072 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22077 \begin_inset space \space{}
22081 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22084 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22085 Our example is entered by typing
22093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22106 \begin_inset space ~
22110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22112 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22116 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22119 \begin_layout Standard
22120 \begin_inset Float table
22125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22126 \begin_inset Caption
22128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22131 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22135 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 \begin_inset Tabular
22146 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22147 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22150 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22234 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22288 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22342 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22396 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22450 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22558 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22612 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22666 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22711 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22732 \begin_layout Standard
22733 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22736 \begin_inset space ~
22742 \begin_inset Graphics
22743 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22747 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22751 \begin_layout Section
22752 Brackets and Delimiters
22753 \begin_inset Index idx
22756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22763 \begin_inset Index idx
22766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22773 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22775 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22782 \begin_layout Standard
22783 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22784 For most purposes, using just the keys
22789 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22790 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22791 toolbar delimiter icon
22792 \begin_inset Graphics
22793 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22798 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22800 \begin_inset Formula \[
22801 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22804 \end{array}\right]\]
22808 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22809 \begin_inset Formula \[
22810 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22817 \begin_layout Standard
22818 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22819 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22823 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22824 left side and right side.
22825 If you use the option
22828 \begin_inset space ~
22833 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22834 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22835 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22836 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22839 \begin_layout Standard
22840 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22841 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22842 inside the brackets.
22843 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22848 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22851 \begin_layout Section
22852 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22853 \begin_inset Index idx
22856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22863 \begin_inset Index idx
22866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22873 \begin_inset Index idx
22876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22877 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22885 \begin_layout Standard
22886 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22889 \begin_inset space ~
22895 \begin_inset Graphics
22896 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22901 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22902 Here is an example:
22903 \begin_inset Formula \[
22904 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22908 \end{array}\right)\]
22912 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22913 \begin_inset space ~
22917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22919 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22924 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22925 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22926 This alignment is set in the box
22931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22979 for every column as default.
22980 For example, the sequence
22981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22992 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22993 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22994 corresponds to the relevant column.
22995 The result will look like this:
22996 \begin_inset Formula \[
22998 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22999 column & has & has\, right\\
23000 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23008 \begin_layout Standard
23009 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23012 arg "newline-insert newline"
23015 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23016 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23018 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23021 or the math toolbar.
23024 \begin_layout Standard
23025 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23026 It can be created with the menu
23028 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23029 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23031 \begin_inset space ~
23043 Here is an example:
23044 \begin_inset Formula \[
23056 \begin_layout Standard
23057 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23060 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23063 arg "newline-insert newline"
23067 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23072 arg "newline-insert newline"
23075 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23083 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23084 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23085 A new row is created by every further hit of
23088 arg "newline-insert newline"
23092 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23093 Here is an example:
23094 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23095 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23096 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23101 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23102 where you want to start the shift and hit
23107 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23108 position to the next column.
23109 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23110 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23111 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23112 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23119 \begin_layout Standard
23120 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23127 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23128 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23131 reference "eq:asquared"
23136 The other types are described in section
23137 \begin_inset space ~
23141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23143 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23150 \begin_layout Section
23151 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23152 \begin_inset Index idx
23155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23156 Math ! Formula numbering
23162 \begin_inset Index idx
23165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23166 Math ! Referencing formulas
23172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23174 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23181 \begin_layout Standard
23182 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23184 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23185 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23187 \begin_inset space ~
23195 arg "math-number-toggle"
23199 The formula number appears in LyX as
23200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23207 within parentheses.
23209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23216 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23218 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23219 the document class.
23220 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23221 separated by a dot:
23222 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23223 1+1=2\end{equation}
23230 arg "math-number-toggle"
23233 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23234 You can only number displayed formulas.
23237 \begin_layout Standard
23238 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23240 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23241 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23243 \begin_inset space ~
23247 \begin_inset space ~
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23259 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23262 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23263 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23265 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23271 To number all lines use the shortcut
23274 arg "math-number-toggle"
23280 \begin_layout Standard
23281 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23284 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23285 A label is inserted with the menu
23287 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23290 when the cursor is in the formula.
23291 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23292 It is recommended to use the proposed
23293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23304 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23305 type when you have many labels in your document.
23306 We inserted in the following example the label
23307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23314 in the second line:
23315 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23316 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23317 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23322 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23323 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23333 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23335 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23337 \begin_inset space ~
23343 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23344 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23345 as the formula number:
23348 \begin_layout Standard
23349 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23352 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23360 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23361 \begin_inset space ~
23365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23367 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23372 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23378 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23383 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23391 \begin_layout Section
23392 User defined math macros
23393 \begin_inset Index idx
23396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23405 \begin_layout Standard
23406 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23407 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23408 Math macros are explained in section
23411 \begin_inset space ~
23423 \begin_layout Section
23427 \begin_layout Subsection
23429 \begin_inset Index idx
23432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23442 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23443 To set a font in a formula, use the
23446 \begin_inset space ~
23452 \begin_inset Graphics
23453 filename ../images/math/font.png
23457 , or enter its command, listed in table
23458 \begin_inset space ~
23462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23464 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23471 \begin_layout Standard
23472 \begin_inset Float table
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23478 \begin_inset Caption
23480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23483 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23487 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23497 \begin_inset Tabular
23498 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23499 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23620 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23647 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23674 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23735 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23769 \begin_layout Standard
23770 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23778 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23794 \begin_layout Standard
23795 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23796 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23801 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23802 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23803 Here an example where
23804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23815 denotes the set of numbers:
23816 \begin_inset Formula \[
23817 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23824 \begin_layout Standard
23825 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23831 \begin_inset space \space{}
23843 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23847 \begin_inset Newline newline
23850 So it is better not to use this feature.
23853 \begin_layout Standard
23854 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23855 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23859 \begin_inset Newline newline
23862 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23868 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23869 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23875 \begin_layout Standard
23882 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23885 \begin_layout Standard
23886 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23888 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23889 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23891 \begin_inset space ~
23899 \begin_layout Subsection
23901 \begin_inset Index idx
23904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23913 \begin_layout Standard
23914 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23916 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23920 \begin_inset space ~
23924 \begin_inset space ~
23932 \begin_inset space ~
23938 \begin_inset Graphics
23939 filename ../images/math/font.png
23950 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23951 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23952 Here is an example:
23953 \begin_inset Formula \[
23955 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23956 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23964 \begin_layout Subsection
23966 \begin_inset Index idx
23969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23978 \begin_layout Standard
23979 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23980 automatically chosen in most situations.
23998 For most characters,
24006 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24007 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24012 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24013 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24015 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24016 \begin_inset Graphics
24017 filename ../images/math/style.png
24022 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24023 For example, you can set
24024 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24027 , which is normally in
24036 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24040 The four styles are used in the following example:
24043 \begin_layout Standard
24044 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24048 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24052 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24056 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24062 \begin_layout Standard
24063 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24064 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24066 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24068 \begin_inset space ~
24073 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24074 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24075 will be adjusted to correspond.
24076 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24087 \begin_layout Standard
24091 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24097 \begin_layout Section
24101 \begin_layout Standard
24102 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24103 the document classes and into layout modules.
24104 \begin_inset Index idx
24107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24113 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24114 other than the AMS classes.
24116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24118 reference "sub:Modules"
24122 for more on layout modules.
24125 \begin_layout Section
24127 \begin_inset Index idx
24130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24137 \begin_inset Index idx
24140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24149 \begin_layout Standard
24150 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24151 (AMS) that are in common use.
24154 \begin_layout Subsection
24155 Enabling AMS-Support
24158 \begin_layout Standard
24159 Selecting the checkbox
24162 \begin_inset space ~
24166 \begin_inset space ~
24170 \begin_inset space ~
24177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24181 \begin_inset Index idx
24184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24185 Document ! Settings
24193 \begin_inset space ~
24198 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24200 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24201 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24204 \begin_layout Subsection
24206 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24208 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24213 \begin_inset Index idx
24216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24217 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24225 \begin_layout Standard
24226 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24227 LyX allows you to choose between
24248 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24251 \begin_layout Chapter
24255 \begin_layout Section
24257 \begin_inset Index idx
24260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24269 name "sec:Cross-References"
24276 \begin_layout Standard
24277 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24278 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24280 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24281 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24282 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24285 \begin_layout Enumerate
24289 \begin_layout Enumerate
24290 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24292 name "enu:Second-item"
24299 \begin_layout Enumerate
24303 \begin_layout Standard
24304 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24309 or by pressing the toolbar button
24310 \begin_inset Graphics
24311 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24317 A grey label box like this:
24318 \begin_inset Graphics
24319 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24324 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24325 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24360 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24365 \begin_inset space \space{}
24368 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24383 \begin_layout Standard
24384 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24386 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24389 or the toolbar button
24390 \begin_inset Graphics
24391 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24397 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24398 \begin_inset Graphics
24399 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24404 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24406 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24419 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24426 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24429 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24434 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24435 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24437 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24444 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24445 \begin_inset space ~
24449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24451 reference "enu:Second-item"
24458 \begin_layout Standard
24459 It is recommended to use a protected space
24463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24464 described in section
24465 \begin_inset space ~
24469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24471 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24480 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24484 \begin_layout Standard
24485 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24488 \begin_layout Description
24489 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24492 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24499 \begin_layout Description
24500 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24501 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24513 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24520 \begin_layout Description
24521 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24522 \begin_inset space ~
24526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24527 LatexCommand pageref
24528 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24535 \begin_layout Description
24537 \begin_inset space ~
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24544 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24545 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24546 LatexCommand vpageref
24547 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24554 \begin_layout Description
24556 \begin_inset space ~
24560 \begin_inset space ~
24564 \begin_inset space ~
24567 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24571 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24578 \begin_layout Description
24580 \begin_inset space ~
24583 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24584 \begin_inset Newline newline
24588 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24596 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24601 \begin_inset Index idx
24604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24605 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24618 \begin_layout Standard
24623 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24630 \begin_inset space \space{}
24634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24648 <reference> on page <page>
24650 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24654 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24655 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24656 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24660 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24665 You can only use the style
24669 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24673 is always possible.
24676 \begin_layout Standard
24677 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24678 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24680 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24681 \begin_inset space ~
24685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24687 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24699 \begin_inset space ~
24703 \begin_inset space ~
24708 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24709 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24712 \begin_inset space ~
24717 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24718 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24719 \begin_inset Graphics
24720 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24721 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24722 rotateOrigin center
24729 \begin_layout Standard
24730 You can change labels at any time.
24731 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24732 do not need to take care about this.
24735 \begin_layout Standard
24736 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24737 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24740 \begin_layout Standard
24741 References are described in detail in the
24748 \begin_layout Section
24749 Table of Contents and other Listings
24750 \begin_inset Index idx
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24760 \begin_inset Index idx
24763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24779 \begin_layout Subsection
24781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24783 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24790 \begin_layout Standard
24791 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24793 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24794 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24796 \begin_inset space ~
24800 \begin_inset space ~
24806 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24807 If you click on it, the
24811 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24812 sections in your documents.
24813 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24815 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24818 that is described in sec.
24819 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24825 reference "sec:Navigating"
24832 \begin_layout Standard
24833 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24834 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24836 \begin_inset space ~
24840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24842 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24846 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24848 \begin_inset space ~
24852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24854 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24858 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24860 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24863 \begin_layout Subsection
24864 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24865 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24867 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24874 \begin_layout Standard
24875 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24876 You can insert them via the
24878 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24880 \begin_inset space ~
24884 \begin_inset space ~
24890 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24893 \begin_layout Section
24894 URLs and Hyperlinks
24895 \begin_inset Index idx
24898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24905 \begin_inset Index idx
24908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24917 \begin_layout Subsection
24919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24928 \begin_layout Standard
24929 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24937 \begin_layout Standard
24938 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24939 \begin_inset Flex URL
24942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24953 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24959 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24963 \begin_layout Standard
24964 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24972 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24980 \begin_layout Subsection
24982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24984 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24992 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24994 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24997 or with the toolbar button
24998 \begin_inset Graphics
24999 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25000 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25005 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25014 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25015 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25016 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25018 name "LyX's homepage"
25019 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25023 , an Email address like this:
25024 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25026 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25027 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25032 , or a link to a file.
25035 \begin_layout Standard
25036 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25049 to the link target.
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25053 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25054 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25055 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25056 the text style dialog.
25057 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25061 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25063 name "LyX's homepage"
25064 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25072 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25076 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25078 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25079 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25083 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25085 \begin_inset Newline newline
25093 \begin_inset Newline newline
25100 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25103 \begin_layout Section
25105 \begin_inset Index idx
25108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25117 name "sec:Appendices"
25124 \begin_layout Standard
25125 Appendices are created with the menu
25127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25129 \begin_inset space ~
25133 \begin_inset space ~
25139 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25140 as the appendix region.
25141 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25145 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25146 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25147 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25148 and the subsection number.
25149 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25153 \begin_layout Standard
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25161 reference "cha:Credits"
25166 \begin_inset space ~
25170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25172 reference "sub:Export"
25179 \begin_layout Section
25181 \begin_inset Index idx
25184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25193 name "sec:Bibliography"
25200 \begin_layout Standard
25201 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25202 You can include a bibliography database,
25206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25207 Known under the name
25208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25220 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25221 manually, using the paragraph environment
25225 , which was described in section
25226 \begin_inset space ~
25230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25232 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25237 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25238 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25242 use a bibliography database.
25245 \begin_layout Subsection
25246 The Bibliography Environment
25249 \begin_layout Standard
25254 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25256 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25265 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25267 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25276 , a short form of its title, as key.
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25280 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25285 or the toolbar button
25286 \begin_inset Graphics
25287 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25293 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25294 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25295 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25296 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25302 entry with surrounding brackets.
25307 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25308 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25323 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25326 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25328 key "latexcompanion"
25335 \begin_layout Standard
25336 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25337 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25346 \begin_layout Subsection
25347 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25348 \begin_inset Index idx
25351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25352 Bibliography ! Databases
25358 \begin_inset Index idx
25361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25362 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25370 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25377 \begin_layout Standard
25378 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25384 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25386 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25387 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25392 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25394 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25395 your working field in a database.
25396 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25397 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25399 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25403 \begin_layout Standard
25404 The database is a text file with the file extension
25405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25413 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25416 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25417 The format is explained in
25418 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25424 and in LaTeX books (
25425 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25427 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25432 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25433 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25434 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25435 \begin_inset Flex URL
25438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25440 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25448 \begin_layout Standard
25449 To use a database, use the menu
25451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25456 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25469 \begin_inset space ~
25475 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25476 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25479 Add bibliography to TOC
25481 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25486 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25489 \begin_layout Standard
25490 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25502 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25503 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25504 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25506 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25512 For information how this is done, have a look at
25513 \begin_inset Newline newline
25517 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25519 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25531 \begin_layout Standard
25532 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25536 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25537 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25540 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25568 \begin_inset space ~
25574 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25580 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25589 \begin_layout Standard
25590 When you select the option
25592 Sectioned bibliography
25596 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25599 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25600 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25602 Customizing Bibliographies
25610 Additional Features
25615 \begin_layout Standard
25616 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25617 the two methods of creating them.
25618 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25619 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25620 We used the style file
25624 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25627 \begin_layout Subsection
25628 Bibliography layout
25629 \begin_inset Index idx
25632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25633 Bibliography ! Layout
25641 \begin_layout Standard
25642 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25643 For this feature you need to enable the option
25649 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25653 \begin_inset Index idx
25656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25657 Document ! Settings
25667 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25668 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25669 in the previous section.
25672 \begin_layout Standard
25673 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25674 in the citation reference window.
25675 Here an example where we set the text
25676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25680 \begin_inset space ~
25684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25687 to appear after the reference:
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25692 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25695 key "latexcompanion"
25702 \begin_layout Section
25704 \begin_inset Index idx
25707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25724 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25726 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25728 \begin_inset space ~
25733 or the toolbar button
25734 \begin_inset Graphics
25735 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25736 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25753 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25754 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25755 by LyX as the index entry.
25758 \begin_layout Standard
25759 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25760 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25762 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25764 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25771 \begin_layout Standard
25772 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25776 \begin_inset space ~
25780 \begin_inset space ~
25783 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25785 \begin_inset space ~
25791 A light blue box labeled
25792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25803 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25804 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25807 \begin_layout Subsection
25808 Grouping Index Entries
25809 \begin_inset Index idx
25812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25821 \begin_layout Standard
25822 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25824 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25825 lists under the entry
25826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25834 First we create the entry
25835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25843 \begin_inset space ~
25847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25849 reference "sub:Lists"
25854 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25855 \begin_inset space ~
25859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25861 reference "sec:Itemize"
25865 , we insert the command
25868 \begin_layout Standard
25874 \begin_layout Standard
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 for the enumerated list in section
25886 \begin_inset space ~
25890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25892 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25899 \begin_layout Standard
25900 The exclamation mark
25901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25908 marks the grouping levels.
25909 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25910 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25911 If we don't have an index entry for
25912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25919 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25922 \begin_layout Subsection
25924 \begin_inset Index idx
25927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25928 Index ! Page ranges
25936 \begin_layout Standard
25937 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25939 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25940 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25942 \begin_inset space ~
25946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25948 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25958 Paragraph environments|(
25961 \begin_layout Standard
25962 and another entry at the end of section
25963 \begin_inset space ~
25967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25969 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25976 \begin_layout Standard
25979 Paragraph environments|)
25982 \begin_layout Standard
25984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26007 respectively start and end the index range.
26008 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26009 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26010 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26011 An example is the index entry
26012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26015 Document ! Settings
26016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26022 \begin_layout Subsection
26024 \begin_inset Index idx
26027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26028 Index ! Cross referencing
26036 \begin_layout Standard
26037 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26038 We referred for example in the index entry
26039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26047 \begin_inset space ~
26051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26053 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26057 ) to the index entry
26058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26065 in the same section using the entry
26068 \begin_layout Standard
26071 GIF|see{Image formats}
26074 \begin_layout Standard
26075 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26076 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26077 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26080 \begin_layout Subsection
26082 \begin_inset Index idx
26085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26086 Index ! Entry order
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26096 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26097 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26102 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26104 \begin_inset space ~
26108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26110 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26119 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26120 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26145 \begin_inset Index idx
26148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26149 Dummy entries ! maïs
26155 \begin_inset Index idx
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26159 Dummy entries ! maître
26165 \begin_inset Index idx
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26169 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26174 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26175 order maïs, maison, maître.
26176 To achieve this, we use the command
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26182 previous entry@current entry
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26186 In our case we want to have
26187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26202 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26213 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26217 \begin_layout Standard
26218 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26225 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26230 to generate the index (see sec.
26231 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26237 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26246 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26254 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26258 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26259 index commands start with
26260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26272 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26277 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26280 \begin_layout Standard
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26304 \begin_layout Subsection
26306 \begin_inset Index idx
26309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26310 Index ! Entry layout
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26319 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26320 \begin_inset Index idx
26323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26326 This is an italic dummy entry
26331 You can also format the page number using the character
26332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26339 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26340 We can write for example
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26346 italic page number:|textit
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26350 to get the page number in italic.
26351 \begin_inset Index idx
26354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26355 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26360 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26378 \begin_inset space ~
26384 Have a look at section
26385 \begin_inset space ~
26389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26391 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26395 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26398 \begin_layout Standard
26399 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26407 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26411 to generate the index, see sec.
26412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26418 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26427 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26428 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26430 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26433 key "latexcompanion"
26445 \begin_layout Standard
26446 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26448 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26449 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26450 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26451 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26452 If so, put the following in the preamble
26455 \begin_layout Standard
26467 \begin_layout Standard
26471 \begin_layout Standard
26477 \begin_layout Standard
26478 in the index entry.
26479 \begin_inset Index idx
26482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26483 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26488 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26489 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26490 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26493 \begin_layout Standard
26494 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26496 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26500 \begin_inset space \space{}
26503 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26504 for all index entries.
26505 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26517 documentation for details,
26518 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26520 key "makeindex,xindy"
26527 \begin_layout Subsection
26529 \begin_inset Index idx
26532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26539 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26541 name "sub:Index-Program"
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26549 If the index entry program
26553 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26557 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26566 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26567 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26568 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26569 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26570 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26580 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26581 dialog, see section
26582 \begin_inset space ~
26586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26588 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26593 The available options are listed and explained in
26594 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26596 key "makeindex,xindy"
26601 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26605 \begin_layout Standard
26606 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26607 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26610 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26611 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26612 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26616 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26617 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26620 \begin_layout Subsection
26624 \begin_layout Standard
26625 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26626 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26634 next to the standard index.
26635 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26636 packages that add this feature.
26642 \begin_inset Index idx
26645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26646 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26651 package to generate multiple indexes.
26652 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26653 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26661 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26662 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26663 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26666 \begin_layout Standard
26667 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26670 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26671 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26678 Use multiple Indexes
26679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26683 Note that the list of
26684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26691 below already contains the standard index.
26692 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26693 also appear as a heading) to the
26694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26701 input field and press the
26702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26710 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26711 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26712 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26716 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26722 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26723 indexes in the LyX work area.
26726 \begin_layout Standard
26727 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26732 \begin_inset space ~
26736 \begin_inset space ~
26745 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26746 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26747 are some additional features:
26750 \begin_layout Itemize
26751 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26752 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26755 \begin_layout Itemize
26756 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26757 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26766 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26771 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26772 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26773 to the non-subindexes.
26776 \begin_layout Section
26777 Nomenclature / Glossary
26778 \begin_inset Index idx
26781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26788 \begin_inset Index idx
26791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26822 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26829 \begin_layout Standard
26830 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26831 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26836 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26841 \begin_inset Index idx
26844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26845 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26851 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26852 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26858 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26861 \begin_layout Standard
26862 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26863 and then use the menu
26865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26871 \begin_inset space ~
26876 or the toolbar button
26877 \begin_inset Graphics
26878 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26896 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26899 \begin_layout Standard
26900 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26901 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26902 The second is the description of the symbol.
26905 \begin_layout Standard
26906 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26914 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26922 \begin_layout Subsection
26923 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26924 \begin_inset Index idx
26927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26928 Nomenclature ! Layout
26936 \begin_layout Standard
26937 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26941 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26947 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26955 \begin_inset Newline newline
26963 \begin_inset Newline newline
26969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26976 character starts/ends the formula.
26977 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26989 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27000 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27001 \begin_inset space ~
27005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27007 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27018 \begin_inset space ~
27023 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27024 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27029 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27036 in this document is:
27037 \begin_inset Newline newline
27042 dummy entry for the character
27047 \begin_inset Newline newline
27059 \begin_inset space ~
27069 font use the command
27098 \begin_layout Subsection
27099 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27100 \begin_inset Index idx
27103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27104 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27112 \begin_layout Standard
27113 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27114 the symbol definition.
27115 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27116 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27119 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27120 LatexCommand nomenclature
27122 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27129 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27133 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27134 LatexCommand nomenclature
27137 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27142 They will be sorted by
27143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27169 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27172 will be sorted before the
27176 since the character
27177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27184 is considered in sorting.
27187 \begin_layout Standard
27188 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27191 \begin_inset space ~
27196 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27197 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27199 For the example given, you can insert
27203 in this field for the
27204 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27211 will be located before
27212 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27219 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27224 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27233 \begin_layout Subsection
27234 Nomenclature Options
27235 \begin_inset Index idx
27238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27239 Nomenclature ! Options
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27252 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27253 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27256 \begin_layout Description
27257 refeq Appends the phrase
27258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27273 to every nomenclature entry, where
27279 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27282 \begin_layout Description
27283 refpage Appends the phrase
27284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27299 to every nomenclature entry, where
27305 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27308 \begin_layout Description
27309 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27313 There are furthermore the options
27357 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27361 \begin_layout Standard
27362 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27363 class options list in the
27365 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27369 In this document the option
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27377 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27383 \begin_layout Standard
27384 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27385 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27390 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27393 \begin_layout Description
27403 \begin_layout Description
27406 nomrefpage Like the
27413 \begin_layout Description
27416 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27425 \begin_layout Description
27429 \begin_inset space ~
27435 \begin_inset space ~
27440 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27443 \begin_layout Subsection
27444 Printing the Nomenclature
27445 \begin_inset Index idx
27448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27449 Nomenclature ! Printing
27457 \begin_layout Standard
27458 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27462 \begin_inset space ~
27466 \begin_inset space ~
27469 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27473 A light blue box labeled
27474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27485 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27486 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27489 \begin_layout Standard
27490 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27499 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27507 For example, in order to change the name to
27511 , add the following line to the preamble:
27514 \begin_layout Standard
27522 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27525 \begin_layout Standard
27526 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27532 \begin_layout Standard
27533 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27534 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27537 \begin_layout Standard
27545 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27548 \begin_layout Standard
27551 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27552 \begin_inset space ~
27556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27558 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27563 The default value is 1
27564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27570 \begin_layout Subsection
27571 Nomenclature Program
27572 \begin_inset Index idx
27575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27576 Nomenclature ! Program
27582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27584 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27592 LyX uses the program
27596 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27597 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27602 by adding options, see section
27603 \begin_inset space ~
27607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27609 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27614 The available options are listed and explained in
27615 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27617 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27624 \begin_layout Section
27626 \begin_inset Index idx
27629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27636 \begin_inset Index idx
27639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27640 Document ! Branches
27646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27648 name "sec:Branches"
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27656 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27657 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27658 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27659 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27663 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27664 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27665 To create a branch, go in the
27667 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27675 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27676 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27679 \begin_layout Standard
27680 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27681 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27683 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27686 where you can choose a branch.
27687 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27690 \begin_layout Standard
27691 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27692 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27695 \begin_layout Standard
27696 \begin_inset Branch Question
27699 \begin_layout Standard
27700 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27712 \begin_layout Standard
27713 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27722 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27729 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27730 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27732 For example you can define for the question branch
27736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27737 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27738 \begin_inset space ~
27742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27744 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27777 and for the answer branch
27780 \begin_layout Standard
27790 \begin_layout Standard
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27801 \begin_inset Branch Question
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27836 \begin_layout Standard
27837 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27840 \begin_layout Standard
27844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27872 \begin_layout Standard
27873 Now it is possible to use the commands
27877 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27884 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27887 to obtain conditional output.
27888 Here is an example formula where only the
27895 \begin_inset Formula \[
27896 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27903 \begin_layout Standard
27904 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27912 \begin_layout Section
27914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27916 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27921 \begin_inset Index idx
27924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27933 \begin_layout Standard
27938 dialog allows you in the
27942 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27943 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27948 \begin_inset Index idx
27951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27952 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27960 \begin_layout Standard
27965 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27966 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27967 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27969 You can specify in the dialog tab
27973 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27975 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27976 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27980 \begin_layout Standard
27985 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27986 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27987 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27989 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27990 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27992 \begin_inset space ~
27995 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27996 \begin_inset space ~
27999 1 will only display the sections.
28002 \begin_layout Standard
28003 The header information in the dialog tab
28007 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28008 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28009 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28013 \begin_inset space \space{}
28016 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28017 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28020 Automatic fill header
28022 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28023 title and author settings.
28026 \begin_layout Standard
28029 Load in fullscreen mode
28031 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28034 \begin_layout Standard
28035 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28036 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28042 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28043 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28052 \begin_layout Section
28053 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28054 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28056 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28063 \begin_layout Subsection
28065 \begin_inset Index idx
28068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28075 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28077 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28086 constructs, but not all.
28087 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28088 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28089 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28090 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28091 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28095 \begin_layout Standard
28096 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28098 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28100 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28102 \begin_inset space ~
28107 or by the toolbar button
28108 \begin_inset Graphics
28109 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28114 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28118 \begin_layout Standard
28119 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28120 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28121 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28128 , you can write the command part
28134 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28138 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28139 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28140 the following example:
28143 \begin_layout Standard
28144 \begin_inset Graphics
28145 filename clipart/ERT.png
28153 \begin_layout Standard
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 This is a line with a
28162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28185 \begin_layout Standard
28186 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28194 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28195 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28203 \begin_layout Subsection
28204 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28205 \begin_inset Argument
28208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28215 \begin_inset Index idx
28218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28227 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28236 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28237 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28246 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28247 any time if you know the right commands.
28249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28253 \begin_inset space \space{}
28256 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28258 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28259 all caption labels bold.
28260 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28262 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28266 \begin_layout Standard
28267 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28268 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28269 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28271 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28281 As result you know that the package
28286 \begin_inset Index idx
28289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28290 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28296 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28304 \begin_layout Standard
28309 usepackage[options]{package name}
28312 \begin_layout Standard
28313 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28314 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28315 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28318 \begin_layout Standard
28319 In your case the package name is
28324 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28329 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28330 So you add the command
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28338 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28341 \begin_layout Standard
28342 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28347 For more commands provided by the
28351 package, have a look at its documentation,
28352 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28367 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28369 For example if you use a
28373 class, you don't need the package
28377 , you can instead write
28380 \begin_layout Standard
28385 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28392 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28393 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28400 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28403 \begin_layout Standard
28404 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28405 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28407 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28408 the previous section.
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28412 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28416 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28424 \begin_layout Section
28425 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28428 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28433 \begin_inset Index idx
28436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28443 \begin_inset Index idx
28446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28455 \begin_layout Standard
28456 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28457 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28458 to break your train of thought with
28460 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28466 \begin_layout Standard
28467 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28468 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28473 \begin_inset Index idx
28476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28477 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28482 as explained below, and turn on
28485 \begin_inset space ~
28492 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28496 \begin_inset space ~
28500 \begin_inset space ~
28503 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28508 \begin_inset space ~
28513 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28516 \begin_layout Standard
28517 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28519 Previews of an already loaded document are
28523 generated just by selecting the
28526 \begin_inset space ~
28531 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28534 \begin_layout Standard
28535 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28536 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28539 \begin_inset space ~
28544 check box in the insert dialog.
28545 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28549 \begin_layout Standard
28550 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28554 (on some systems named simply
28559 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28561 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28567 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28568 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28576 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28580 \begin_layout Standard
28581 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28588 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28592 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28594 \begin_inset space ~
28599 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28600 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28602 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28603 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28604 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28605 the source view window.
28608 \begin_layout Section
28610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28612 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28617 \begin_inset Index idx
28620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28629 \begin_layout Standard
28630 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28631 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28648 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28654 can be seen as the successor to
28662 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28668 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28669 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28677 \begin_layout Standard
28678 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28679 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28686 \begin_layout Standard
28689 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28692 or the toolbar button
28693 \begin_inset Graphics
28694 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28699 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28700 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28701 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28702 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28703 scrolled so that it is visible.
28708 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28710 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28714 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28715 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28719 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28726 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28727 will bring an error message.
28728 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28729 specifying a different
28731 Alternative language
28733 in preferences dialog.
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28740 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28744 \begin_layout Standard
28745 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28746 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28748 But you can use the
28751 \begin_inset space ~
28755 \begin_inset space ~
28763 \begin_layout Standard
28764 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28765 This does work with
28769 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28772 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28781 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28784 \begin_layout Description
28786 \begin_inset space ~
28789 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28790 should consider, e.
28791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28795 \begin_inset space \space{}
28798 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28799 This should not normally be needed.
28802 \begin_layout Description
28804 \begin_inset space ~
28807 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28808 the spell checker's default choice
28811 \begin_layout Description
28813 \begin_inset space ~
28817 \begin_inset space ~
28820 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28832 \begin_layout Description
28834 \begin_inset space ~
28838 \begin_inset space ~
28841 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28850 also for the spellchecker.
28854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28855 The encodings are explained in section
28856 \begin_inset space ~
28860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28862 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28871 Only enable this if you use
28875 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28876 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28877 so this is disabled by default.
28880 \begin_layout Section
28882 \begin_inset Index idx
28885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28892 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28894 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28903 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28913 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28915 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28924 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28925 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28926 are available for many languages.
28929 \begin_layout Standard
28930 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28934 \begin_layout Subsection
28935 Setting up the thesaurus
28938 \begin_layout Standard
28943 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28948 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28953 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28959 en_EN for English).
28960 For instance, the English files are named:
28963 \begin_layout Itemize
28967 \begin_layout Itemize
28971 \begin_layout Standard
28972 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28973 already on your system.
28974 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28975 \begin_inset Flex URL
28978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28980 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28986 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28991 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28993 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28994 unpack a zip archive.
28997 \begin_layout Standard
29006 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29007 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29009 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29010 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29014 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29017 \begin_layout Subsection
29018 Using the thesaurus
29021 \begin_layout Standard
29022 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29024 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29027 or the toolbar button
29028 \begin_inset Graphics
29029 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29031 rotateOrigin center
29035 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29037 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29039 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29040 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29041 and hyponyms (such as
29049 ), compounds (such as
29053 ) and antonyms (such as
29061 ), which are marked as such.
29064 \begin_layout Standard
29065 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29066 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29070 \begin_layout Standard
29071 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29072 the dictionary, such as the above
29076 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29081 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29082 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29083 For example looking up the word forms
29091 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29096 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29109 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29110 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29111 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29114 \begin_layout Subsection
29115 License of the Thesaurus library
29118 \begin_layout Standard
29123 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29128 as a standalone program.
29129 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29130 The library was released under the
29132 Berkeley Database License
29134 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29135 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29136 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29138 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29141 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29145 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29148 \begin_layout Section
29150 \begin_inset Index idx
29153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29160 \begin_inset Index idx
29163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29164 Document ! Change Tracking
29170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29172 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29180 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29181 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29182 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29183 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29185 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29187 \begin_inset space ~
29190 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29192 \begin_inset space ~
29200 \begin_layout Standard
29201 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29215 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29216 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29219 \begin_inset space ~
29223 \begin_inset space ~
29233 \begin_inset Index idx
29236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29237 Color ! Change tracking
29242 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29243 the cursor is in changed text.
29244 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29245 \begin_inset Graphics
29246 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29248 rotateOrigin center
29255 \begin_layout Standard
29256 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29257 \begin_inset Index idx
29260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29269 \begin_layout Standard
29270 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29276 \begin_layout Standard
29277 \begin_inset Graphics
29278 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29286 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29297 \begin_layout Standard
29298 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29304 \begin_layout Standard
29305 \begin_inset Tabular
29306 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29307 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29308 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29309 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29315 \begin_inset Graphics
29316 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29318 rotateOrigin center
29327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29333 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29335 \begin_inset space ~
29338 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29340 \begin_inset space ~
29349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 \begin_inset Graphics
29355 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29357 rotateOrigin center
29366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29374 \begin_inset space ~
29377 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29383 \begin_inset space ~
29387 \begin_inset space ~
29396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29401 \begin_inset Graphics
29402 filename ../images/change-next.png
29403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29404 rotateOrigin center
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29417 Jumps to the next change
29423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29428 \begin_inset Graphics
29429 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29431 rotateOrigin center
29440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29446 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29448 \begin_inset space ~
29451 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29453 \begin_inset space ~
29462 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29467 \begin_inset Graphics
29468 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29469 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29470 rotateOrigin center
29479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29485 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29487 \begin_inset space ~
29490 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29492 \begin_inset space ~
29501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29506 \begin_inset Graphics
29507 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29508 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29509 rotateOrigin center
29518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29524 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29526 \begin_inset space ~
29529 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29531 \begin_inset space ~
29540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29545 \begin_inset Graphics
29546 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29548 rotateOrigin center
29557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29565 \begin_inset space ~
29568 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29570 \begin_inset space ~
29574 \begin_inset space ~
29583 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29588 \begin_inset Graphics
29589 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29591 rotateOrigin center
29600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29606 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29608 \begin_inset space ~
29611 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29613 \begin_inset space ~
29617 \begin_inset space ~
29626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29631 \begin_inset Graphics
29632 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29634 rotateOrigin center
29643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29650 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29652 \begin_inset space ~
29661 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29666 \begin_inset Graphics
29667 filename ../images/note-next.png
29668 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29669 rotateOrigin center
29678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29684 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29686 \begin_inset space ~
29702 \begin_layout Standard
29703 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29709 \begin_layout Standard
29710 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29711 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29712 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29713 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29714 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29715 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29716 step to the next change.
29717 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29720 \begin_layout Standard
29721 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29722 to describe a change.
29725 \begin_layout Standard
29726 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29731 \begin_inset Index idx
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29741 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29742 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29748 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29751 \begin_layout Section
29752 International Support
29753 \begin_inset Index idx
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29757 International support
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29767 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29768 how to set up LyX to use them:
29769 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29771 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29779 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29780 \begin_inset space ~
29784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29786 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29793 \begin_layout Subsection
29795 \begin_inset Index idx
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 \begin_inset Index idx
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29809 Document ! Settings
29815 \begin_inset Index idx
29818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29819 Document ! Language
29827 \begin_layout Standard
29830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29833 dialog lets you set
29835 the language and character encoding for your language.
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29840 Choose your language in the
29844 section of this dialog.
29852 \begin_layout Standard
29857 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29862 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29863 For details about the different encoding options see section
29864 \begin_inset space ~
29868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29870 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29877 \begin_layout Subsection
29878 Keyboard mapping configuration
29879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29881 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29888 \begin_layout Standard
29889 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29890 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29891 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29892 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29893 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29895 \begin_inset space ~
29899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29901 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29906 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29907 which one you want to use.
29910 \begin_layout Standard
29911 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29912 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29913 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29914 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29915 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29916 one to support the characters you want.
29917 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29924 \begin_layout Subsection
29928 \begin_layout Standard
29930 \begin_inset space ~
29934 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29936 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29945 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29949 \begin_layout Standard
29950 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29951 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29959 \begin_layout Itemize
29960 Even if you have selected
29966 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29969 dialog, users who have only the
29973 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29977 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29978 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29979 french quotes won't show up.
29982 \begin_layout Standard
29983 \begin_inset Float table
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29989 \begin_inset Caption
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29992 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29994 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30012 \begin_inset Tabular
30013 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30014 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30015 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30020 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34444 \begin_layout Standard
34445 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34447 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34448 also the characters from
34460 \begin_layout Itemize
34469 \begin_layout Standard
34470 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34477 \begin_layout Standard
34478 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34479 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34485 \begin_layout Standard
34486 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34487 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34493 \begin_layout Standard
34494 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34495 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34501 \begin_layout Standard
34503 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34509 \begin_layout Standard
34511 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34517 \begin_layout Standard
34519 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34526 \begin_layout Itemize
34539 \begin_layout Standard
34541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34547 \begin_layout Standard
34549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34555 \begin_layout Standard
34557 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34563 \begin_layout Standard
34565 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34571 \begin_layout Standard
34573 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34579 \begin_layout Standard
34581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34588 \begin_layout Standard
34589 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34590 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34591 Also make sure you're using the
34598 \begin_layout Chapter
34601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34603 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34610 \begin_layout Standard
34611 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34612 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34613 topic inside the user's guide.
34616 \begin_layout Section
34618 \begin_inset Index idx
34621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34630 \begin_layout Standard
34635 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34636 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34639 \begin_layout Subsection
34643 \begin_layout Standard
34644 Creates a new document.
34647 \begin_layout Subsection
34651 \begin_layout Standard
34652 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34653 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34654 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34657 \begin_layout Subsection
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34665 \begin_layout Subsection
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34670 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34671 Click there on a file to open it.
34674 \begin_layout Subsection
34678 \begin_layout Standard
34679 Closes the current document.
34682 \begin_layout Subsection
34686 \begin_layout Standard
34687 Closes all opened documents.
34690 \begin_layout Subsection
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 Saves the actual document.
34698 \begin_layout Subsection
34702 \begin_layout Standard
34703 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34706 \begin_layout Subsection
34710 \begin_layout Standard
34711 Saves all opened documents.
34714 \begin_layout Subsection
34718 \begin_layout Standard
34719 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34722 \begin_layout Subsection
34726 \begin_layout Standard
34727 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34728 It is described in the section
34730 Version Control in LyX
34734 Additional Features
34739 \begin_layout Subsection
34743 \begin_layout Standard
34744 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34745 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34746 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34747 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34750 \begin_layout Standard
34751 When using the menu entry
34754 \begin_inset space ~
34759 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34763 \begin_inset space ~
34767 \begin_inset space ~
34772 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34773 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34776 \begin_layout Subsection
34778 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34787 \begin_layout Standard
34788 You can export your document to various file formats.
34789 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34790 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34791 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34794 \begin_layout Standard
34795 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34797 \begin_inset space ~
34801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34803 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34810 \begin_layout Description
34814 \begin_inset space ~
34819 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34821 \begin_inset Newline newline
34824 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34827 \begin_layout Description
34835 \begin_layout Description
34836 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34840 \begin_layout Description
34842 \begin_inset space ~
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34849 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34853 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34861 \begin_layout Description
34868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34876 \begin_inset space ~
34881 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34882 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34886 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34889 \begin_layout Description
34896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34904 \begin_inset space ~
34909 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34910 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34918 \begin_layout Description
34920 \begin_inset space ~
34923 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34931 is replaced by the version number)
34934 \begin_layout Description
34935 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34938 \begin_layout Description
34939 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34952 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34956 \begin_layout Description
34960 \begin_inset space ~
34965 PDF-format using the program
34970 \begin_layout Description
34974 \begin_inset space ~
34979 PDF-format using the program
34984 \begin_layout Description
34988 \begin_inset space ~
34993 PDF-format using the program
34998 \begin_layout Description
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35010 \begin_layout Description
35014 \begin_inset space ~
35018 \begin_inset space ~
35023 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35024 and then exported as text using the program
35029 \begin_layout Description
35034 PostScript format using the program
35039 \begin_layout Description
35047 \begin_layout Standard
35052 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35053 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35059 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35062 \begin_layout Standard
35063 If one of the menu entries
35070 \begin_inset space ~
35079 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35080 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35092 \begin_inset Index idx
35095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35096 Reconfiguration of LyX
35104 \begin_layout Standard
35109 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35110 the export program.
35113 \begin_layout Subsection
35117 \begin_layout Standard
35118 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35119 format or send it to a printer.
35120 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35121 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35127 For more information have a look at section
35128 \begin_inset space ~
35132 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35134 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35141 \begin_layout Subsection
35145 \begin_layout Standard
35146 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35147 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35148 prefix, see section
35149 \begin_inset space ~
35153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35155 reference "sec:Paths"
35160 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35169 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35170 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35177 reference "sub:Converters"
35184 \begin_layout Subsection
35185 New and Close Window
35188 \begin_layout Standard
35189 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35192 \begin_layout Subsection
35196 \begin_layout Standard
35197 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35200 \begin_layout Section
35202 \begin_inset Index idx
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35214 \begin_layout Subsection
35218 \begin_layout Standard
35219 Described in section
35220 \begin_inset space ~
35224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35226 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35233 \begin_layout Subsection
35234 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35237 \begin_layout Standard
35238 Described in section
35239 \begin_inset space ~
35243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35245 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35252 \begin_layout Subsection
35256 \begin_layout Standard
35257 Selects the whole document.
35260 \begin_layout Subsection
35264 \begin_layout Standard
35265 Described in section
35266 \begin_inset space ~
35270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35272 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35279 \begin_layout Subsection
35280 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35283 \begin_layout Standard
35284 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35288 \begin_layout Subsection
35292 \begin_layout Standard
35293 Described in section
35294 \begin_inset space ~
35298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35300 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35307 \begin_layout Subsection
35309 \begin_inset Index idx
35312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35313 Paragraph ! Settings
35321 \begin_layout Standard
35322 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35323 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35326 \begin_layout Standard
35327 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35328 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35336 \begin_inset space ~
35344 \begin_layout Subsection
35345 Table Settings and Math
35348 \begin_layout Standard
35349 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35351 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35352 The properties of tables are described in section
35353 \begin_inset space ~
35357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35359 reference "sec:Tables"
35363 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35364 \begin_inset space ~
35368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35370 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35377 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35381 \begin_layout Standard
35382 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35383 that can be nested.
35384 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35385 \begin_inset space ~
35389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35391 reference "sec:Nesting"
35396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35398 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35405 \begin_layout Section
35407 \begin_inset Index idx
35410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35419 \begin_layout Standard
35424 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35425 document with an external program.
35426 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35427 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35428 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35429 \begin_inset space ~
35433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35435 reference "sub:Export"
35440 You should at least see the menu entries
35447 \begin_inset space ~
35453 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35454 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35455 \begin_inset space ~
35459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35461 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35466 \begin_inset Index idx
35469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35470 Reconfiguration of LyX
35478 \begin_layout Standard
35479 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35480 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35481 \begin_inset space ~
35485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35487 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35492 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35495 \begin_layout Standard
35496 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35499 At the bottom of the
35503 menu the opened documents are listed.
35506 \begin_layout Subsection
35507 Open/Close all Insets
35510 \begin_layout Standard
35511 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35514 \begin_layout Subsection
35515 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35518 \begin_layout Standard
35519 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 Math macros are described in the
35530 \begin_layout Subsection
35534 \begin_layout Standard
35535 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35537 \begin_inset space ~
35541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35543 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35550 \begin_layout Subsection
35554 \begin_layout Standard
35555 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35556 opening a new view window.
35559 \begin_layout Subsection
35563 \begin_layout Standard
35564 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35565 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35566 view the same document, but at different positions.
35567 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35568 or more documents at the same time.
35569 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35576 \begin_layout Subsection
35580 \begin_layout Standard
35581 Closes a split view.
35584 \begin_layout Subsection
35588 \begin_layout Standard
35589 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35590 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35591 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35592 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35593 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35596 \begin_layout Subsection
35598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35600 name "sub:Toolbars"
35605 \begin_inset Index idx
35608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35617 \begin_layout Standard
35618 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35619 All toolbars and the
35622 \begin_inset space ~
35627 can be turned on and off.
35632 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35644 \begin_inset space ~
35653 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35657 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35664 \begin_layout Standard
35669 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35673 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35674 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35675 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35676 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35677 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35680 \begin_layout Standard
35681 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35682 \begin_inset space ~
35686 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35688 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35695 \begin_layout Section
35697 \begin_inset Index idx
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35709 \begin_layout Subsection
35713 \begin_layout Standard
35714 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35721 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35732 \begin_layout Subsection
35734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35736 name "sub:Special-Character"
35743 \begin_layout Standard
35744 Here you can insert the following characters:
35747 \begin_layout Description
35748 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35749 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35750 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35751 \begin_inset Newline newline
35755 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35763 Not all characters will be visible in the
35767 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35775 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35779 ) can display every character.
35787 \begin_layout Description
35788 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35792 \begin_layout Description
35794 \begin_inset space ~
35798 \begin_inset space ~
35801 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35802 \begin_inset space ~
35806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35808 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35815 \begin_layout Description
35817 \begin_inset space ~
35820 Quote Inserts this quote:
35821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35824 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35826 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35836 \begin_layout Description
35838 \begin_inset space ~
35841 Quote Inserts this quote:
35842 \begin_inset Quotes els
35848 \begin_layout Description
35850 \begin_inset space ~
35853 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35857 \begin_layout Description
35859 \begin_inset space ~
35862 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35866 \begin_layout Description
35868 \begin_inset space ~
35871 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35875 \begin_layout Description
35877 \begin_inset space ~
35881 \begin_inset Index idx
35884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35891 \begin_inset Index idx
35894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35895 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35900 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35901 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35902 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35907 \begin_inset Index idx
35910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35911 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35917 \begin_inset Newline newline
35920 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35924 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35932 and this Wiki-page:
35933 \begin_inset Newline newline
35937 \begin_inset Flex URL
35940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35950 \begin_layout Subsection
35954 \begin_layout Standard
35955 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35958 \begin_layout Description
35959 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35960 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35966 \begin_layout Description
35967 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35968 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35974 \begin_layout Description
35976 \begin_inset space ~
35979 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35980 \begin_inset space ~
35984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35986 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35993 \begin_layout Description
35995 \begin_inset space ~
35998 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35999 \begin_inset space ~
36003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36005 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36012 \begin_layout Description
36014 \begin_inset space ~
36017 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36018 \begin_inset space ~
36022 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36024 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36031 \begin_layout Description
36033 \begin_inset space ~
36036 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36037 \begin_inset space ~
36041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36043 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36050 \begin_layout Description
36052 \begin_inset space ~
36055 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36056 \begin_inset space ~
36060 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36062 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36069 \begin_layout Description
36071 \begin_inset space ~
36074 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36075 \begin_inset space ~
36079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36081 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36088 \begin_layout Description
36090 \begin_inset space ~
36093 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36094 \begin_inset space ~
36098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36100 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36107 \begin_layout Description
36109 \begin_inset space ~
36112 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36113 \begin_inset space ~
36117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36119 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36126 \begin_layout Description
36128 \begin_inset space ~
36132 \begin_inset space ~
36135 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36136 \begin_inset space ~
36140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36142 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36149 \begin_layout Description
36151 \begin_inset space ~
36154 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36155 text line to the page border, see section
36156 \begin_inset space ~
36160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36162 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36169 \begin_layout Description
36171 \begin_inset space ~
36174 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36175 \begin_inset space ~
36179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36181 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36188 \begin_layout Description
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36193 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36194 text page to the page border, described in section
36195 \begin_inset space ~
36199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36201 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36208 \begin_layout Description
36210 \begin_inset space ~
36213 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36214 \begin_inset space ~
36218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36220 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36227 \begin_layout Description
36229 \begin_inset space ~
36233 \begin_inset space ~
36236 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36237 \begin_inset space ~
36241 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36243 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36250 \begin_layout Subsection
36254 \begin_layout Standard
36255 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36256 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36258 \begin_inset space ~
36262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36264 reference "sec:toc"
36269 The index list is described in section
36270 \begin_inset space ~
36274 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36276 reference "sec:Index"
36280 , the nomenclature in section
36281 \begin_inset space ~
36285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36287 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36291 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36292 \begin_inset space ~
36296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36298 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36305 \begin_layout Subsection
36309 \begin_layout Standard
36310 To insert floats, described in section
36311 \begin_inset space ~
36315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36317 reference "sec:Floats"
36324 \begin_layout Subsection
36328 \begin_layout Standard
36329 To insert notes, described in section
36330 \begin_inset space ~
36334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36336 reference "sec:Notes"
36343 \begin_layout Subsection
36347 \begin_layout Standard
36348 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36349 \begin_inset space ~
36353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36355 reference "sec:Branches"
36362 \begin_layout Subsection
36366 \begin_layout Standard
36367 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36368 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36370 An example is the document class
36371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36378 with three custom insets.
36381 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36387 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36390 \begin_layout Subsection
36392 \begin_inset Index idx
36395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36404 \begin_layout Standard
36405 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36406 files in your document.
36407 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36418 \begin_layout Subsection
36420 \begin_inset Index idx
36423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36432 \begin_layout Standard
36433 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36434 \begin_inset space ~
36438 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36440 reference "sec:Minipages"
36445 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36456 \begin_layout Subsection
36460 \begin_layout Standard
36461 Inserts a citation as described in section
36462 \begin_inset space ~
36466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36468 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36475 \begin_layout Subsection
36479 \begin_layout Standard
36480 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36481 \begin_inset space ~
36485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36487 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36494 \begin_layout Subsection
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36499 Inserts a label as described in section
36500 \begin_inset space ~
36504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36506 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36513 \begin_layout Subsection
36515 \begin_inset Index idx
36518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36525 \begin_inset Index idx
36528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36529 Longtables ! Caption
36537 \begin_layout Standard
36538 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36539 Floats are described in section
36540 \begin_inset space ~
36544 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36546 reference "sec:Floats"
36550 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36561 \begin_layout Subsection
36565 \begin_layout Standard
36566 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36567 \begin_inset space ~
36571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36573 reference "sec:Index"
36580 \begin_layout Subsection
36584 \begin_layout Standard
36585 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36586 \begin_inset space ~
36590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36592 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36599 \begin_layout Subsection
36603 \begin_layout Standard
36605 Tables are described in section
36606 \begin_inset space ~
36610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36612 reference "sec:Tables"
36619 \begin_layout Subsection
36623 \begin_layout Standard
36625 Graphics are described in section
36626 \begin_inset space ~
36630 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36632 reference "sec:Graphics"
36639 \begin_layout Subsection
36643 \begin_layout Standard
36644 Inserts an URL as described in section
36645 \begin_inset space ~
36649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36651 reference "sub:URLs"
36658 \begin_layout Subsection
36662 \begin_layout Standard
36663 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36664 \begin_inset space ~
36668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36670 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36677 \begin_layout Subsection
36681 \begin_layout Standard
36682 Inserts a footnote, see section
36683 \begin_inset space ~
36687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36689 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36696 \begin_layout Subsection
36700 \begin_layout Standard
36701 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36702 \begin_inset space ~
36706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36708 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36715 \begin_layout Subsection
36719 \begin_layout Standard
36720 Inserts a short title, see section
36721 \begin_inset space ~
36725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36727 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36734 \begin_layout Subsection
36738 \begin_layout Standard
36739 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36740 \begin_inset space ~
36744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36746 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36753 \begin_layout Subsection
36755 \begin_inset Index idx
36758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36767 \begin_layout Standard
36768 Inserts a program listings box.
36769 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36771 Program Code Listings
36780 \begin_layout Subsection
36784 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Inserts the actual date.
36786 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36788 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36800 \begin_layout Section
36802 \begin_inset Index idx
36805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36814 \begin_layout Standard
36815 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36816 \begin_inset space ~
36819 of the current document.
36820 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36823 \begin_layout Subsection
36827 \begin_layout Standard
36828 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36829 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36831 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36835 \begin_inset space \space{}
36839 \begin_inset space ~
36843 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36844 \begin_inset space ~
36847 2.5 and use the menu
36850 \begin_inset space ~
36854 \begin_inset space ~
36861 \begin_inset space ~
36867 \begin_inset space ~
36871 \begin_inset space ~
36877 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36881 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36887 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36893 \begin_layout Standard
36894 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36895 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36898 \begin_layout Subsection
36899 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36902 \begin_layout Standard
36903 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36907 \begin_layout Subsection
36911 \begin_layout Standard
36912 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36913 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36914 on a cross-reference box.
36917 \begin_layout Section
36919 \begin_inset Index idx
36922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36931 \begin_layout Subsection
36935 \begin_layout Standard
36936 Change Tracking is described in section
36937 \begin_inset space ~
36941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36943 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36950 \begin_layout Subsection
36955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 \begin_layout Standard
36966 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36968 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36971 \begin_layout Standard
36972 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36977 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36980 \begin_layout Subsection
36984 \begin_layout Standard
36985 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36986 \begin_inset space ~
36990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36992 reference "sec:Navigating"
36997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36999 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37006 \begin_layout Subsection
37007 Start Appendix Here
37010 \begin_layout Standard
37011 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37012 position as described in section
37013 \begin_inset space ~
37017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37019 reference "sec:Appendices"
37026 \begin_layout Subsection
37030 \begin_layout Standard
37031 Un/compresses the current document.
37034 \begin_layout Subsection
37038 \begin_layout Standard
37039 The document settings are described in appendix
37040 \begin_inset space ~
37044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37046 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37053 \begin_layout Section
37055 \begin_inset Index idx
37058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37067 \begin_layout Subsection
37071 \begin_layout Standard
37072 Spell checking is explained in section
37073 \begin_inset space ~
37077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37079 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37086 \begin_layout Subsection
37090 \begin_layout Standard
37091 The thesaurus is described in section
37092 \begin_inset space ~
37096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37098 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37105 \begin_layout Subsection
37107 \begin_inset Index idx
37110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 \begin_inset Index idx
37120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37129 \begin_layout Standard
37130 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37131 highlighted document part.
37134 \begin_layout Subsection
37136 \begin_inset Index idx
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37148 \begin_layout Standard
37149 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37152 \begin_layout Subsection
37154 \begin_inset Index idx
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37158 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37169 Reconfiguration of LyX
37173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37186 \begin_inset Index idx
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 Reconfiguration of LyX
37198 \begin_layout Standard
37199 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37200 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37201 \begin_inset space ~
37205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37207 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37214 \begin_layout Subsection
37218 \begin_layout Standard
37219 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37226 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37233 \begin_layout Section
37235 \begin_inset Index idx
37238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 \begin_layout Standard
37248 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37256 \begin_inset space ~
37261 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37262 found by LyX (see also section
37263 \begin_inset space ~
37267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37269 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37276 \begin_layout Section
37278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37280 name "sec:Toolbars"
37287 \begin_layout Standard
37288 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37289 \begin_inset space ~
37293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37295 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37302 \begin_layout Standard
37303 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37304 This is described in the
37306 Additional Features
37311 \begin_layout Subsection
37313 \begin_inset Index idx
37316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37325 \begin_layout Standard
37326 \begin_inset Graphics
37327 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37335 \begin_layout Standard
37336 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37342 \begin_layout Standard
37343 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37360 \begin_inset Note Note
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37364 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37369 manual for more information.
37377 \begin_layout Standard
37378 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37384 \begin_layout Standard
37385 \begin_inset Tabular
37386 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37387 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37395 \begin_inset Graphics
37396 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37410 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37423 \begin_layout Standard
37424 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37430 \begin_layout Standard
37432 \begin_inset Tabular
37433 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37434 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37435 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37436 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37444 \begin_inset Graphics
37445 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37446 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37461 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37473 \begin_inset Graphics
37474 filename ../images/file-open.png
37475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37502 \begin_inset Graphics
37503 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37519 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 \begin_inset Graphics
37532 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37548 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37555 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37560 \begin_inset Graphics
37561 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37562 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37577 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37584 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37589 \begin_inset Graphics
37590 filename ../images/undo.png
37591 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37606 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37618 \begin_inset Graphics
37619 filename ../images/redo.png
37620 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37635 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37642 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37647 \begin_inset Graphics
37648 filename ../images/cut.png
37649 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37664 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37671 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37676 \begin_inset Graphics
37677 filename ../images/copy.png
37678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37693 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37705 \begin_inset Graphics
37706 filename ../images/paste.png
37707 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37722 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37729 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37734 \begin_inset Graphics
37735 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37736 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37737 rotateOrigin center
37746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37752 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37758 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37767 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37772 \begin_inset Graphics
37773 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37774 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37775 rotateOrigin center
37784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37790 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37791 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 \begin_inset Graphics
37804 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37820 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37822 \begin_inset space ~
37833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37838 \begin_inset Graphics
37839 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37853 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37855 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37857 \begin_inset space ~
37868 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37873 \begin_inset Graphics
37874 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37875 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37888 Formats text using the current settings in the
37890 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37892 \begin_inset space ~
37903 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37908 \begin_inset Graphics
37909 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37910 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37925 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37926 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37928 \begin_inset space ~
37937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 \begin_inset Graphics
37943 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37945 rotateOrigin center
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37972 \begin_inset Graphics
37973 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37975 rotateOrigin center
37984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38002 \begin_inset Graphics
38003 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38004 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38005 rotateOrigin center
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38018 Toggle outline window on/off,
38020 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38032 \begin_inset Graphics
38033 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38035 rotateOrigin center
38044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38048 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38054 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38059 \begin_inset Graphics
38060 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38061 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38062 rotateOrigin center
38071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38075 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38088 \begin_layout Subsection
38090 \begin_inset Index idx
38093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 \begin_inset Graphics
38104 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38112 \begin_layout Standard
38113 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38119 \begin_layout Standard
38120 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38124 \begin_layout Standard
38125 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38131 \begin_layout Standard
38132 \begin_inset Tabular
38133 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38134 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38135 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38136 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38137 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 \begin_inset Graphics
38143 filename ../images/layout.png
38144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38145 rotateOrigin center
38154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38164 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38169 \begin_inset Graphics
38170 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38171 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38172 rotateOrigin center
38181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38196 \begin_inset Graphics
38197 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38198 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38199 rotateOrigin center
38208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38223 \begin_inset Graphics
38224 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38226 rotateOrigin center
38235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38250 \begin_inset Graphics
38251 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38253 rotateOrigin center
38262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38277 \begin_inset Graphics
38278 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38279 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38280 rotateOrigin center
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38297 \begin_inset space ~
38301 \begin_inset space ~
38310 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38315 \begin_inset Graphics
38316 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38317 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38318 rotateOrigin center
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38333 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38335 \begin_inset space ~
38339 \begin_inset space ~
38348 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38353 \begin_inset Graphics
38354 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38355 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38370 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38371 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38383 \begin_inset Graphics
38384 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38400 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38401 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38408 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38413 \begin_inset Graphics
38414 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38415 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 \begin_inset Graphics
38443 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38471 \begin_inset Graphics
38472 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38495 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38500 \begin_inset Graphics
38501 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38502 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38519 \begin_inset space ~
38528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38533 \begin_inset Graphics
38534 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38552 \begin_inset space ~
38561 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38566 \begin_inset Graphics
38567 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38590 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38595 \begin_inset Graphics
38596 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38598 rotateOrigin center
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38615 \begin_inset space ~
38624 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38629 \begin_inset Graphics
38630 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38631 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38647 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38649 \begin_inset space ~
38658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 \begin_inset Graphics
38664 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38665 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38687 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 \begin_inset Graphics
38693 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38694 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38716 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38721 \begin_inset Graphics
38722 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38723 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38738 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38760 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38765 \begin_inset Graphics
38766 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38767 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38783 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38790 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38795 \begin_inset Graphics
38796 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38797 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38813 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38815 \begin_inset space ~
38824 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38829 \begin_inset Graphics
38830 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38831 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38832 rotateOrigin center
38841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38847 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38849 \begin_inset space ~
38858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38863 \begin_inset Graphics
38864 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38866 rotateOrigin center
38875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38883 \begin_inset space ~
38892 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38897 \begin_inset Graphics
38898 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38900 rotateOrigin center
38909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38915 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38929 \begin_layout Subsection
38930 View / Update Toolbar
38931 \begin_inset Index idx
38934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38935 Toolbar ! View / Update
38943 \begin_layout Standard
38944 \begin_inset Graphics
38945 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38952 \begin_layout Standard
38953 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38959 \begin_layout Standard
38960 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38964 \begin_layout Standard
38965 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38971 \begin_layout Standard
38972 \begin_inset Tabular
38973 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38974 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38975 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38976 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38977 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38982 \begin_inset Graphics
38983 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38984 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38985 rotateOrigin center
38994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39000 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39007 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39012 \begin_inset Graphics
39013 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39014 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39015 rotateOrigin center
39024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39030 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39031 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39038 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39043 \begin_inset Graphics
39044 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39045 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39046 rotateOrigin center
39055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39061 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39073 \begin_inset Graphics
39074 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39075 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39076 rotateOrigin center
39085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39091 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39092 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39104 \begin_inset Graphics
39105 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39106 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39107 rotateOrigin center
39116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39122 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39129 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39134 \begin_inset Graphics
39135 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39136 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39137 rotateOrigin center
39146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39167 \begin_layout Subsection
39171 \begin_layout Standard
39172 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39173 \begin_inset space ~
39177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39179 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39183 , the table toolbar
39184 \begin_inset Index idx
39187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39197 manual, the math macro toolbar
39198 \begin_inset Index idx
39201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 \begin_layout Chapter
39215 The Document Settings
39216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39218 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39223 \begin_inset Index idx
39226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39227 Document ! Settings
39235 \begin_layout Standard
39236 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39237 whole document and is called with the menu
39239 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39243 You can save your document settings as default with th
39245 e Save as Document Defaults
39247 button in the dialog.
39248 This will create a template name
39256 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39260 \begin_layout Standard
39261 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39264 \begin_layout Section
39268 \begin_layout Standard
39269 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39271 Document classes are described in section
39272 \begin_inset space ~
39276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39278 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39283 Some classes use some class options by default.
39284 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39288 and you can decide to use them or not.
39289 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39290 recommended not to touch them.
39291 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39297 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39298 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39304 When you want one of the following drivers
39305 \begin_inset Newline newline
39308 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39309 \begin_inset Newline newline
39312 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39317 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39319 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39331 \begin_layout Standard
39332 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39333 child or subdocument.
39334 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39335 without its master.
39336 This way child documents are always compilable.
39337 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39348 \begin_layout Section
39352 \begin_layout Standard
39353 Modules are explained in section
39354 \begin_inset space ~
39358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39360 reference "sub:Modules"
39367 \begin_layout Section
39371 \begin_layout Standard
39372 The document font settings are described in section
39373 \begin_inset space ~
39377 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39379 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39386 \begin_layout Section
39390 \begin_layout Standard
39391 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39393 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39397 \begin_layout Standard
39398 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39399 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39400 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39403 \begin_layout Standard
39404 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39412 \begin_layout Section
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39417 A description of this menu is given in section
39418 \begin_inset space ~
39422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39424 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39431 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39438 \begin_layout Section
39442 \begin_layout Standard
39443 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39444 \begin_inset space ~
39448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39450 reference "sub:Margins"
39457 \begin_layout Section
39459 \begin_inset Index idx
39462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39463 Language ! Encoding
39471 \begin_layout Standard
39472 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39473 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39474 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39475 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39476 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39477 known for a particular character).
39481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39482 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39483 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39488 manual for details.
39496 \begin_layout Standard
39497 If you use the option
39501 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39502 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39503 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39504 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39505 exactly one encoding.
39506 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39515 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39516 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39518 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39519 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39533 \begin_layout Standard
39534 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39535 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39536 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39537 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39538 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39539 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39544 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39545 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39546 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39549 \begin_layout Standard
39550 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39553 \begin_layout Description
39555 \begin_inset space ~
39559 \begin_inset space ~
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39570 , but the LaTeX-package
39575 \begin_inset Index idx
39578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39579 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39585 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39586 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39587 languages in TeX code.
39590 \begin_layout Description
39591 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39592 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39593 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39596 \begin_layout Description
39598 \begin_inset space ~
39602 \begin_inset space ~
39605 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39608 \begin_layout Description
39610 \begin_inset space ~
39614 \begin_inset space ~
39617 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39620 \begin_layout Description
39622 \begin_inset space ~
39625 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39628 \begin_layout Description
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39638 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39650 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39654 \begin_layout Description
39656 \begin_inset space ~
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39663 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39664 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39667 \begin_layout Description
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39680 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39681 \begin_inset space ~
39687 \begin_layout Description
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39700 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39701 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39704 \begin_layout Description
39706 \begin_inset space ~
39710 \begin_inset space ~
39713 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39714 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39715 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39716 \begin_inset space ~
39720 \begin_inset space ~
39726 \begin_layout Description
39728 \begin_inset space ~
39732 \begin_inset space ~
39735 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39736 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39737 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39738 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39739 \begin_inset space ~
39743 \begin_inset space ~
39749 \begin_layout Description
39751 \begin_inset space ~
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39758 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39761 \begin_layout Description
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39767 \begin_inset space ~
39770 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39773 \begin_layout Description
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39782 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39785 \begin_layout Description
39787 \begin_inset space ~
39790 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39793 \begin_layout Description
39795 \begin_inset space ~
39798 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39801 \begin_layout Description
39803 \begin_inset space ~
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39810 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39813 \begin_layout Description
39815 \begin_inset space ~
39819 \begin_inset space ~
39825 \begin_layout Description
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39831 \begin_inset space ~
39834 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39837 \begin_layout Description
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39843 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39863 \begin_inset Index idx
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39872 , when using this, set the document language to
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39886 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39890 , when using this, set the document language to
39895 \begin_layout Description
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39904 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39909 \begin_inset Index idx
39912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39913 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39918 , when using this, set the document language to
39923 \begin_layout Description
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39932 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39936 , when using this, set the document language to
39941 \begin_layout Description
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39950 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39954 , when using this, set the document language to
39959 \begin_layout Description
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39964 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39967 \begin_layout Description
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39980 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39983 \begin_layout Description
39985 \begin_inset space ~
39989 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_inset space ~
39996 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39997 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39998 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
40001 \begin_layout Description
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40007 \begin_inset space ~
40013 \begin_layout Description
40015 \begin_inset space ~
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40022 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
40023 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
40026 \begin_layout Description
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40032 \begin_inset space ~
40035 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
40040 \begin_inset Index idx
40043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40044 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40049 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40052 \begin_layout Description
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40058 \begin_inset space ~
40061 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40065 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40074 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40075 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40089 \begin_layout Description
40091 \begin_inset space ~
40095 \begin_inset space ~
40098 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40103 \begin_inset Index idx
40106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40107 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40112 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40115 \begin_layout Description
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40120 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40125 \begin_inset Index idx
40128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40129 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40135 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40139 \begin_layout Description
40141 \begin_inset space ~
40145 \begin_inset space ~
40149 \begin_inset space ~
40152 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40153 \begin_inset space ~
40159 \begin_layout Description
40161 \begin_inset space ~
40165 \begin_inset space ~
40169 \begin_inset space ~
40172 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40173 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40174 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40178 \begin_layout Description
40180 \begin_inset space ~
40184 \begin_inset space ~
40188 \begin_inset space ~
40191 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40192 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40195 \begin_layout Section
40199 \begin_layout Standard
40200 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40201 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40202 \begin_inset space ~
40206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40208 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40215 \begin_layout Section
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40225 \begin_inset Index idx
40228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40229 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40239 \begin_inset Index idx
40242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40243 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40248 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40253 \begin_inset Index idx
40256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40257 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40262 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40264 For a further description see section
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40271 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40278 \begin_layout Section
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40283 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40284 and you can define additional indexes.
40285 Please refer to section
40286 \begin_inset space ~
40290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40292 reference "sec:Index"
40299 \begin_layout Section
40303 \begin_layout Standard
40304 The PDF properties are explained in section
40305 \begin_inset space ~
40309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40311 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40318 \begin_layout Section
40322 \begin_layout Standard
40323 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40328 \begin_inset Index idx
40331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40332 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40342 \begin_inset Index idx
40345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40346 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40351 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40354 \begin_layout Standard
40359 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40360 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40363 \begin_layout Standard
40368 is used for special integral characters.
40371 \begin_layout Section
40375 \begin_layout Standard
40376 The float placement options are described in section
40377 \begin_inset space ~
40381 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40383 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40390 \begin_layout Section
40394 \begin_layout Standard
40395 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40396 The itemize environment is described in section
40397 \begin_inset space ~
40401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40403 reference "sec:Itemize"
40410 \begin_layout Section
40414 \begin_layout Standard
40415 Branches are described in section
40416 \begin_inset space ~
40420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40422 reference "sec:Branches"
40429 \begin_layout Section
40434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40444 \begin_layout Standard
40445 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40446 to define LaTeX-commands.
40447 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40448 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40452 \begin_layout Standard
40453 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40454 \begin_inset space ~
40458 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40460 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40467 \begin_layout Chapter
40473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40475 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40480 \begin_inset Index idx
40483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40492 \begin_layout Standard
40493 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40495 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40499 It has the following submenus.
40502 \begin_layout Section
40506 \begin_layout Subsection
40510 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40511 User Interface File
40512 \begin_inset Index idx
40515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40516 Customization ! of toolbars
40522 \begin_inset Index idx
40525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40526 Customization ! of menus
40534 \begin_layout Standard
40535 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40543 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40552 \begin_layout Standard
40553 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40554 interface (ui) file.
40555 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40556 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40565 Both files are loaded by the
40570 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40571 files and edit the entries.
40574 \begin_layout Standard
40575 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40587 entries must be ended with an explicit
40612 and in the case of the
40613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40625 The syntax for the entries is:
40628 \begin_layout Standard
40629 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40657 \begin_layout Standard
40659 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40662 All LyX-functions are listed in
40663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40672 \begin_layout Standard
40673 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40679 \begin_layout Standard
40680 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40682 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40685 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40689 \begin_layout Standard
40690 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40714 \begin_layout Standard
40716 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40719 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40726 \begin_layout Standard
40729 Enable tool tips in main work area
40731 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40735 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40739 \begin_layout Standard
40743 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40747 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40750 restoring of window layout and geometries
40752 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40753 in the last LyX session.
40756 \begin_layout Standard
40759 Restore cursor positions
40761 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40765 \begin_layout Standard
40768 Load opened files from last session
40770 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40773 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40777 name "sub:Backup documents"
40782 \begin_inset Index idx
40785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40794 \begin_layout Standard
40799 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40802 \begin_layout Standard
40807 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40810 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40812 \begin_inset space ~
40820 \begin_layout Standard
40823 Open documents in tabs
40825 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40829 \begin_layout Subsection
40831 \begin_inset Index idx
40834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40843 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40850 \begin_layout Standard
40851 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40854 \begin_layout Standard
40855 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40863 This section only deals with the fonts
40868 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40872 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40883 \begin_layout Standard
40884 By default, LyX uses
40888 as roman (serif) font,
40896 (depends on the system) as
40899 \begin_inset space ~
40915 \begin_layout Standard
40916 You can change the font size with the
40921 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40922 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40925 \begin_layout Standard
40930 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40931 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40933 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40936 points have the size of 1
40937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40941 \begin_inset space ~
40945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40947 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40954 \begin_layout Standard
40959 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40964 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40965 \begin_inset space ~
40969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40971 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40981 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40983 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40984 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40985 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40986 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40988 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40989 \begin_inset space ~
40995 \begin_layout Subsection
40997 \begin_inset Index idx
41000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 \begin_inset Index idx
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41019 \begin_layout Standard
41020 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
41021 Choose an item in the list and use the
41028 \begin_layout Subsection
41030 \begin_inset Index idx
41033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41042 \begin_layout Standard
41043 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41051 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41052 This feature is described in section
41053 \begin_inset space ~
41057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41059 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41066 \begin_layout Standard
41070 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_inset space ~
41078 \begin_inset space ~
41083 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41086 \begin_layout Section
41088 \begin_inset Index idx
41091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 \begin_layout Subsection
41104 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41108 \begin_layout Standard
41111 Cursor follows scrollbar
41113 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41117 \begin_layout Standard
41120 Sort environments alphabetically
41122 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41125 \begin_layout Standard
41128 Group environments by their category
41130 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41133 \begin_layout Standard
41134 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41146 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41150 \begin_layout Standard
41151 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41156 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41157 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41161 \begin_layout Subsection
41163 \begin_inset Index idx
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41173 \begin_inset Index idx
41176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 Settings ! Shortcuts
41185 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41189 \begin_layout Standard
41190 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41191 Several binding files are available:
41194 \begin_layout Description
41195 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41198 \begin_layout Description
41199 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41210 \begin_layout Description
41211 mac.bind set of bindings for
41214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41222 \begin_layout Standard
41223 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41227 , and bind files for special languages.
41228 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41233 \begin_inset space \space{}
41237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41245 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41249 \begin_layout Standard
41250 Some bind-files, like
41254 , have only a small scope.
41255 When looking at the end of the file
41259 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41262 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41264 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41266 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41271 \begin_inset Index idx
41274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41275 Key Bindings ! Editing
41283 \begin_layout Standard
41284 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41285 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41286 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41289 Show key-bindings containing
41292 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41293 Insert there for example as keyword
41294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41301 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41311 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41312 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41316 that you will find in the
41323 \begin_layout Standard
41325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41329 \begin_inset space \space{}
41340 , select the function and press the
41345 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41346 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41347 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41348 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41349 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41351 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41353 The binding for the function
41357 is an example of this.
41360 \begin_layout Standard
41361 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41363 The syntax of the entries is:
41366 \begin_layout Standard
41372 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41376 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41390 \begin_layout Subsection
41392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41396 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41402 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41407 \begin_inset Index idx
41410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41417 \begin_inset Index idx
41420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41421 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41429 \begin_layout Standard
41430 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41431 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41433 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41437 \begin_inset space \space{}
41440 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41441 can use the keyboard map file named
41448 \begin_layout Standard
41449 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41465 \begin_layout Standard
41466 Besides this, you can specify here the
41468 Wheel scrolling speed
41471 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41475 \begin_layout Subsection
41477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41479 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41484 \begin_inset Index idx
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41496 \begin_layout Standard
41497 Input completion is described in sec.
41498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41504 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41509 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41511 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41512 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41516 \begin_layout Section
41518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41525 \begin_inset Index idx
41528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 \begin_inset Index idx
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41547 \begin_layout Description
41549 \begin_inset space ~
41552 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41553 It is the default when you
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41572 \begin_layout Description
41574 \begin_inset space ~
41577 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41579 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41581 \begin_inset space ~
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41593 \begin_layout Description
41595 \begin_inset space ~
41598 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41604 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41608 \begin_inset Newline newline
41612 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41624 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41632 \begin_layout Description
41634 \begin_inset space ~
41638 \begin_inset Index idx
41641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41647 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41648 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41649 \begin_inset space ~
41653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41655 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41663 will be used to save the backups.
41664 \begin_inset Newline newline
41667 The backup files have the ending
41668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41678 \begin_layout Description
41683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41691 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41692 \begin_inset Newline newline
41696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41704 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41712 \begin_layout Description
41714 \begin_inset space ~
41717 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41720 \begin_layout Description
41722 \begin_inset space ~
41725 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41726 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41727 to find it on the system.
41728 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41729 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41738 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41739 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41743 \begin_layout Section
41747 \begin_layout Standard
41748 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41749 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41751 \begin_inset space ~
41755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41757 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41761 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41764 \begin_layout Section
41766 \begin_inset Index idx
41769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 Language ! Settings
41776 \begin_inset Index idx
41779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41780 Settings ! Language
41788 \begin_layout Subsection
41792 \begin_layout Description
41794 \begin_inset space ~
41798 \begin_inset space ~
41801 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41802 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41803 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41804 You find the actual translation status here:
41805 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41807 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41808 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41815 \begin_layout Description
41817 \begin_inset space ~
41820 language is the language used in new documents
41823 \begin_layout Description
41825 \begin_inset space ~
41828 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41830 The default is the LaTeX-command
41836 that loads the package
41844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41845 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41846 \begin_inset space ~
41850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41852 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41862 \begin_inset Newline newline
41869 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41870 to the document language.
41871 A text label is, for instance, the word
41872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41879 at the beginning of every table caption.
41882 \begin_layout Description
41884 \begin_inset space ~
41887 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41888 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41889 An example is the start command
41895 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41900 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41915 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41920 \begin_layout Description
41922 \begin_inset space ~
41930 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41931 command toggles the package on and off.
41934 \begin_layout Description
41936 \begin_inset space ~
41946 \begin_layout Description
41947 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41948 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41949 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41950 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41957 \begin_layout Description
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41962 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41964 When this option is not set, the
41967 \begin_inset space ~
41972 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41973 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41976 \begin_inset space ~
41984 \begin_layout Description
41986 \begin_inset space ~
41992 \begin_inset space ~
41998 When it is not set, the
42001 \begin_inset space ~
42006 is set to the end of the document.
42009 \begin_layout Description
42011 \begin_inset space ~
42015 \begin_inset space ~
42018 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
42019 language will be underlined blue.
42022 \begin_layout Description
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42028 \begin_inset space ~
42031 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
42032 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
42035 \begin_layout Description
42037 \begin_inset space ~
42040 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
42041 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
42042 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
42043 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
42046 \begin_layout Subsection
42050 \begin_layout Standard
42051 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42052 \begin_inset space ~
42056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42058 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42065 \begin_layout Section
42069 \begin_layout Subsection
42071 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42078 \begin_inset Index idx
42081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42088 \begin_inset Index idx
42091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42100 \begin_layout Description
42102 \begin_inset space ~
42105 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42106 The name will be used when the
42111 \begin_inset Newline newline
42115 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42123 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42131 \begin_layout Description
42133 \begin_inset space ~
42137 \begin_inset space ~
42141 \begin_inset space ~
42144 printer This option works only for the
42149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42161 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42162 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42165 \begin_layout Description
42167 \begin_inset space ~
42170 command is the command LyX
42171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42178 LaTeX uses for printing.
42179 The default is on most systems
42186 \begin_layout Description
42188 \begin_inset space ~
42192 \begin_inset space ~
42195 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42196 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42197 of the program that provides the
42204 \begin_layout Subsection
42206 \begin_inset Index idx
42209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42216 \begin_inset Index idx
42219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42220 Settings ! Date format
42228 \begin_layout Standard
42229 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42230 \begin_inset Newline newline
42234 \begin_inset Flex URL
42237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42239 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42245 \begin_inset Newline newline
42248 For example the format
42249 \begin_inset Newline newline
42253 \begin_inset Newline newline
42256 prints the date as day/month/year.
42259 \begin_layout Subsection
42263 \begin_layout Description
42265 \begin_inset space ~
42269 \begin_inset space ~
42272 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42275 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42276 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42278 \begin_inset space ~
42284 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42288 \begin_layout Description
42290 \begin_inset space ~
42293 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42298 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42299 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42302 \begin_layout Subsection
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42317 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42322 \begin_inset Index idx
42325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42334 \begin_layout Description
42339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42347 \begin_inset space ~
42350 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42355 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42377 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42390 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42391 LyX sets up in the background.
42392 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42395 \begin_layout Description
42397 \begin_inset space ~
42401 \begin_inset space ~
42404 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42409 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42412 \begin_layout Standard
42413 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42414 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42415 manuals of the applications.
42416 Currently the following commands can be set:
42419 \begin_layout Description
42424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42432 \begin_inset space ~
42435 command Command for the program
42439 that is described in the section
42445 Additional Features
42450 \begin_layout Description
42455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42463 \begin_inset space ~
42466 command Command for the program
42470 that generates the bibliography, see section
42471 \begin_inset space ~
42475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42477 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42484 \begin_layout Description
42486 \begin_inset space ~
42489 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42490 \begin_inset space ~
42494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42496 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42503 \begin_layout Description
42505 \begin_inset space ~
42508 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42509 \begin_inset space ~
42513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42515 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42522 \begin_layout Description
42524 \begin_inset space ~
42528 \begin_inset space ~
42532 \begin_inset space ~
42536 \begin_inset space ~
42539 options They only have an effect when the program
42543 is used as DVI-viewer.
42546 \begin_layout Standard
42547 There are additionally the following options:
42550 \begin_layout Description
42552 \begin_inset space ~
42556 \begin_inset space ~
42560 \begin_inset space ~
42564 \begin_inset space ~
42568 \begin_inset space ~
42571 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42589 to separate folders.
42590 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42591 \begin_inset Index idx
42594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42601 \begin_inset Index idx
42604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42613 \begin_layout Description
42615 \begin_inset space ~
42619 \begin_inset space ~
42623 \begin_inset space ~
42627 \begin_inset space ~
42631 \begin_inset space ~
42635 \begin_inset space ~
42638 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42643 dialog when changing the document class.
42646 \begin_layout Section
42648 \begin_inset space ~
42652 \begin_inset Index idx
42655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42664 \begin_layout Subsection
42666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42668 name "sub:Converters"
42673 \begin_inset Index idx
42676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42685 \begin_layout Standard
42686 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42687 from one format to another.
42688 You can modify them or create new ones.
42689 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42696 \begin_inset space ~
42706 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42710 \begin_inset space ~
42715 drop-down list, modify the
42719 field, and press the
42726 \begin_layout Standard
42729 Converter File Cache
42731 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42734 Maximum Age (in days
42737 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42738 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42741 \begin_layout Standard
42742 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42743 the converter definition, is described in the section
42754 \begin_layout Subsection
42756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42758 name "sec:File-Formats"
42763 \begin_inset Index idx
42766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42773 \begin_inset Index idx
42776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42785 \begin_layout Standard
42786 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42787 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42791 \begin_layout Standard
42792 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42793 is described in the section
42804 \begin_layout Standard
42805 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42806 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42807 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42808 This is done by specifying a
42813 More about this is described in the section
42824 \begin_layout Chapter
42825 Units available in LyX
42826 \begin_inset Index idx
42829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42838 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42845 \begin_layout Standard
42846 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42849 reference "cap:Units"
42853 explains all units available in LyX.
42856 \begin_layout Standard
42857 \begin_inset Float table
42863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42864 \begin_inset Caption
42866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42882 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42890 \begin_inset Tabular
42891 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42892 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43018 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43045 scaled point (65536
43046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43074 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43106 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43134 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43161 % of original image width
43168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43354 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43375 \begin_layout Chapter
43377 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43386 \begin_layout Standard
43387 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43388 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43391 \begin_layout Itemize
43394 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43397 \begin_layout Itemize
43403 \begin_layout Itemize
43409 \begin_layout Itemize
43415 \begin_layout Itemize
43421 \begin_layout Itemize
43427 \begin_layout Itemize
43433 \begin_layout Itemize
43439 \begin_layout Itemize
43442 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43445 \begin_layout Itemize
43451 \begin_layout Itemize
43457 \begin_layout Itemize
43463 \begin_layout Itemize
43469 \begin_layout Itemize
43475 \begin_layout Itemize
43481 \begin_layout Itemize
43487 \begin_layout Itemize
43493 \begin_layout Itemize
43495 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43504 \begin_layout Standard
43505 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43508 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43515 \begin_layout Bibliography
43516 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43517 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43518 LatexCommand bibitem
43525 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43528 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43533 \begin_inset Newline newline
43537 \begin_inset Flex URL
43540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43542 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43550 \begin_layout Bibliography
43551 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43552 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43553 LatexCommand bibitem
43554 key "latexcompanion"
43558 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43560 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43563 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43566 \begin_layout Bibliography
43567 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43568 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43569 LatexCommand bibitem
43574 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43577 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43580 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43583 \begin_layout Bibliography
43584 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43585 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43586 LatexCommand bibitem
43593 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43596 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43599 \begin_layout Bibliography
43600 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43601 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43602 LatexCommand bibitem
43614 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43617 \begin_layout Bibliography
43618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43620 LatexCommand bibitem
43626 \begin_inset Newline newline
43630 \begin_inset Flex URL
43633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43635 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43643 \begin_layout Bibliography
43644 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43645 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43646 LatexCommand bibitem
43652 \begin_inset Newline newline
43656 \begin_inset Flex URL
43659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43661 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43669 \begin_layout Bibliography
43670 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43671 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43672 LatexCommand bibitem
43678 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43680 name "Documentation"
43681 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43690 \begin_inset Newline newline
43694 \begin_inset Flex URL
43697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43699 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43707 \begin_layout Bibliography
43708 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43709 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43710 LatexCommand bibitem
43716 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43718 name "Documentation"
43719 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43723 how to use the program
43728 \begin_inset Newline newline
43732 \begin_inset Flex URL
43735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43737 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43745 \begin_layout Bibliography
43746 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43747 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43748 LatexCommand bibitem
43754 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43756 name "Documentation"
43757 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43766 \begin_inset Newline newline
43770 \begin_inset Flex URL
43773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43775 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43783 \begin_layout Bibliography
43784 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43785 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43786 LatexCommand bibitem
43792 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43794 name "Documentation"
43795 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43804 \begin_inset Newline newline
43808 \begin_inset Flex URL
43811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43813 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43821 \begin_layout Bibliography
43822 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43823 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43824 LatexCommand bibitem
43830 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43832 name "Documentation"
43833 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43837 of the LaTeX-package
43842 \begin_inset Index idx
43845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43846 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43852 \begin_inset Newline newline
43856 \begin_inset Flex URL
43859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43861 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43869 \begin_layout Bibliography
43870 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43871 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43872 LatexCommand bibitem
43878 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43880 name "Documentation"
43881 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43885 of the LaTeX-package
43890 \begin_inset Index idx
43893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43894 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43900 \begin_inset Newline newline
43904 \begin_inset Flex URL
43907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43909 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43917 \begin_layout Bibliography
43918 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43919 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43920 LatexCommand bibitem
43928 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43930 name "Documentation"
43931 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43937 of the LaTeX-package
43942 \begin_inset Index idx
43945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43946 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43952 \begin_inset Newline newline
43956 \begin_inset Flex URL
43959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43961 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43969 \begin_layout Bibliography
43970 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43971 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43972 LatexCommand bibitem
43978 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43980 name "Documentation"
43981 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43985 of the LaTeX-package
43990 \begin_inset Index idx
43993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43994 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
44000 \begin_inset Newline newline
44004 \begin_inset Flex URL
44007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44009 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
44017 \begin_layout Bibliography
44018 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44019 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44020 LatexCommand bibitem
44026 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44028 name "Documentation"
44029 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
44033 of the LaTeX-package
44038 \begin_inset Index idx
44041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44042 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
44048 \begin_inset Newline newline
44052 \begin_inset Flex URL
44055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44057 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44065 \begin_layout Bibliography
44066 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44067 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44068 LatexCommand bibitem
44074 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44076 name "Documentation"
44077 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44081 of the LaTeX-package
44086 \begin_inset Index idx
44089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44090 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44096 \begin_inset Newline newline
44100 \begin_inset Flex URL
44103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44105 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44113 \begin_layout Bibliography
44114 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44115 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44116 LatexCommand bibitem
44122 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44125 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44129 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44130 \begin_inset Newline newline
44134 \begin_inset Flex URL
44137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44139 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44147 \begin_layout Bibliography
44148 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44149 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44150 LatexCommand bibitem
44156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44159 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44163 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44164 \begin_inset Newline newline
44168 \begin_inset Flex URL
44171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44173 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44181 \begin_layout Bibliography
44182 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44183 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44184 LatexCommand bibitem
44190 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44193 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44197 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44198 \begin_inset Newline newline
44202 \begin_inset Flex URL
44205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44207 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44215 \begin_layout Bibliography
44216 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44217 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44218 LatexCommand bibitem
44224 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44227 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44231 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44232 \begin_inset Newline newline
44236 \begin_inset Flex URL
44239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44241 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44249 \begin_layout Bibliography
44250 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44251 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44252 LatexCommand bibitem
44258 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44261 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44265 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44266 \begin_inset Newline newline
44270 \begin_inset Flex URL
44273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44275 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44283 \begin_layout Bibliography
44284 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44286 LatexCommand bibitem
44292 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44295 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44299 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44300 \begin_inset Newline newline
44304 \begin_inset Flex URL
44307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44309 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44317 \begin_layout Bibliography
44318 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44319 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44320 LatexCommand bibitem
44326 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44329 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44333 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44334 \begin_inset Newline newline
44338 \begin_inset Flex URL
44341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44343 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44351 \begin_layout Bibliography
44352 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44353 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44354 LatexCommand bibitem
44360 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44363 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44367 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44368 \begin_inset Newline newline
44372 \begin_inset Flex URL
44375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44377 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44385 \begin_layout Bibliography
44386 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44387 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44388 LatexCommand bibitem
44394 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44397 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44401 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44402 \begin_inset Newline newline
44406 \begin_inset Flex URL
44409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44411 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44419 \begin_layout Bibliography
44420 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44421 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44422 LatexCommand bibitem
44428 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44431 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44435 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44436 \begin_inset Newline newline
44440 \begin_inset Flex URL
44443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44445 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44453 \begin_layout Bibliography
44454 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44455 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44456 LatexCommand bibitem
44462 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44465 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44469 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44470 \begin_inset Newline newline
44474 \begin_inset Flex URL
44477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44479 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44487 \begin_layout Bibliography
44488 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44489 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44490 LatexCommand bibitem
44496 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44499 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44503 about new features in
44508 \begin_inset Newline newline
44512 \begin_inset Flex URL
44515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44517 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44525 \begin_layout Standard
44526 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44560 \begin_inset Note Note
44563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44570 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44571 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44572 bibliography is the second one:
44580 \begin_layout Standard
44581 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44582 LatexCommand bibtex
44583 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44584 options "biblio/alphadin"
44591 \begin_layout Standard
44592 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44595 \begin_layout Standard
44596 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44597 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44603 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44604 LatexCommand printindex